UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

For fiscal year ended December 31, 2005

 

COMMISSION FILE NO. 1-6622

 

WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

MARYLAND   53-0261100
(State of incorporation)   (IRS Employer Identification Number)

 

6110 EXECUTIVE BOULEVARD,

SUITE 800, ROCKVILLE,

MARYLAND

  20852
(Address of principal executive office)   (Zip code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (301) 984-9400

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class


 

Name of exchange on which registered


Shares of Beneficial Interest   New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES   x     NO   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    YES   ¨     NO   x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve (12) months (or such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such report) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past ninety (90) days.    YES   x     NO   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer (see definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).    YES   x     NO   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    YES   ¨     NO   x

 

As of February 27, 2006 42,175,428 Shares of Beneficial Interest were outstanding. As of June 30, 2005, the aggregate market value of such shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $1,314,238,598 (based on the closing price of the stock on June 30, 2005).

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the Trust’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10-14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as indicated herein.

 



WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

2005 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

 

INDEX

 

          Page

PART I

         

Item 1.

  

Business

   3

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors    6

Item 1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments    12

Item 2.

  

Properties

   12

Item 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

   15

Item 4.

  

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   15

PART II

         

Item 5.

  

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   16

Item 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

   17

Item 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   17

Item 7A.

  

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   48

Item 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   48

Item 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   49

Item 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

   49

Item 9B.

  

Other Information

   49

PART III

         

Item 10.

  

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

   50

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

   50

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   50

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   50

Item 14.

  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   50

PART IV

         

Item 15.

  

Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules

   51

Signatures

   55


PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

The Trust

 

Washington Real Estate Investment Trust (“WRIT,” the “Trust,” or the “company”) is a self-administered, self-managed, equity real estate investment trust (“REIT”) successor to a trust organized in 1960. Our business consists of the ownership and development of income-producing real properties in the greater Washington—Baltimore region. We own a diversified portfolio of general purpose office buildings, medical office buildings, industrial/flex properties, multifamily buildings and retail centers.

 

We believe that we qualify as a REIT under Sections 856-860 of the Internal Revenue Code and intend to continue to qualify as such. To maintain our status as a REIT, we are required to distribute 90% of our ordinary taxable income to our shareholders. When selling properties, we have the option of (i) reinvesting the sale price of properties sold, allowing for a deferral of income taxes on the sale, (ii) paying out capital gains to the shareholders with no tax to the company or (iii) treating the capital gains as having been distributed to the shareholders, paying the tax on the gain deemed distributed and allocating the tax paid as a credit to the shareholders. $33.5 million of gains from property disposed in 2005 was reinvested in replacement properties. Approximately $3.5 of gains from disposed property in 2005 was distributed to share holders. We distributed all of our 2005, 2004 and 2003 ordinary taxable income to our shareholders. Gains from the property disposed in 2004 were distributed to shareholders. No provision for income taxes was necessary in 2005, 2004 or 2003. Over the last five years, dividends paid per share have been $1.60 for 2005, $1.55 for 2004, $1.47 for 2003, $1.39 for 2002 and $1.31 for 2001.

 

We generally incur short-term floating rate debt in connection with the acquisition of real estate. As market conditions permit, we replace the floating rate debt with fixed-rate secured loans or unsecured senior notes, or repay the debt with the proceeds of sales of equity securities. We may acquire one or more properties in exchange for our equity securities or operating partnership units which are convertible into WRIT shares.

 

Our geographic focus is based on two principles:

 

  1. Real estate is a local business and is more effectively selected and managed by owners located, and with expertise, in the region.

 

  2. Geographic markets deserving of focus must be among the nation’s best markets with a strong primary industry foundation and diversified enough to withstand downturns in their primary industry.

 

We consider markets to be local if they can be reached from the Washington centered market within two hours by car. Our Washington centered market reaches north to Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and south to Richmond, Virginia. While we have historically focused most of our investments in the greater Washington/Baltimore Region, in order to maximize acquisition opportunities we will and have considered investments within the two-hour radius described above. We will also consider opportunities to duplicate our Washington focused approach in other geographic markets which meet the criteria described above.

 

All of our Trustees, officers and employees live and work in the greater Washington/Baltimore region and our officers average over 20 years of experience in this region.

 

This section includes or refers to certain forward-looking statements. You should refer to the explanation of the qualifications and limitations on such forward-looking statements beginning on page 46.

 

The Greater Washington/Baltimore Economy

 

2005 proved to be a year of strong performance for the greater Washington/Baltimore area with both the professional and business services sectors fueling job growth. Federal procurement spending continues to be strong, particularly in the defense industry, with its issuance of defense, intelligence and security contracts. Continued spending by the General Services Administration and the corresponding government contracting firms and professional services firms is expected to further drive regional growth. Office leasing activity has increased

 

3


and has had a positive impact on the industrial and multifamily rental markets. Retail leasing space has been positively affected by the Metro area’s overall population growth and high levels of discretionary income.

 

We believe regional job growth in 2006 will continue to be driven by professional services firms, including government contractors. According to Delta Associates / Transwestern Commercial Services (“Delta”), a national full service real estate firm that provides market research and evaluation services for commercial property types including office, industrial, retail and apartments:

 

    The Metropolitan Washington region led the nation in job growth for the fifth year in a row, adding 86,900 jobs through the 12 months ended November 2005.

 

    The Washington area unemployment rate was 3.3% in November 2005, down from 3.7% one year ago and well below the national rate of 5.0%.

 

    Approximately 75,000 new jobs are projected for the region in 2006.

 

While growth is very important, from an investment perspective, economic stability is equally important. The Federal government, professional/business services and transportation are the core industries in the greater Washington/Baltimore area economy. Increased spending by the Federal government is expected to continue driving regional economic growth. Federal government spending in the region increased 15% in 2005 and accounts for 17% of the Gross Regional Product.

 

Greater Washington/Baltimore Real Estate Markets

 

The economic stability in the greater Washington/Baltimore region has translated into stronger relative real estate market performance in each of our four sectors, compared to other national metropolitan regions as reported by Delta:

 

Office and Medical Office Sectors

 

    Rents rose 2.5% in 2005 in the region as a whole, rents are expected to rise 4.0% Metro wide in 2006, as vacancy in suburban Maryland submarkets and Northern Virginia declines.

 

    Vacancy was 7.9% (with sublet space included) at year-end 2005, down from 9.2% (with sublet space) at year-end 2004, among the lowest of any major metro area.

 

    The overall vacancy rate is projected to increase in the District over the next two years due to levels of new construction.

 

    Net absorption totaled 7.6 million square feet, down from 11.6 million square feet in 2004.

 

    Of the 17.7 million square feet of office space under construction at year-end 2005, 49% was estimated as pre-leased.

 

Multifamily Sector

 

    Overall, apartment rents increased 4.6% in the greater Washington/Baltimore region in 2005.

 

    Rental rates are expected to rise over the next 12 months with nominal concessions.

 

    The pipeline of new supply is at its lowest level in several years.

 

Grocery-Anchored Retail Centers Sector

 

    Retail employment increased by 8,200 positions in 2005.

 

    Strong regional household income averages as follows—Fairfax County, Virginia—$130,000, Montgomery County, Maryland—$128,300 and Alexandria, Virginia—$115,700—versus a national average of $64,800.

 

    Steady vacancy rates at 2.9% at year-end 2005 compared to 2.8% at year-end 2004.

 

    Rental rates at Grocery-Anchored Centers increased 22.7% in 2005.

 

4


Industrial/Flex Sector

 

    Average industrial rents increased 1.5% in the greater Washington/Baltimore region in 2005.

 

    Rents are projected to increase 2-3% in 2006, as vacancy rates improve.

 

    Vacancy was 2.4% (with sublet space) at year-end 2005, down from 10.4% (with sublet space) at year-end 2004.

 

    Of the 5.1 million square feet of industrial space under construction at year-end 2005, 34% is pre-leased, as compared to 3.7 million and 19%, respectively, at year-end 2004.

 

WRIT PORTFOLIO

 

As of December 31, 2005, we owned a diversified portfolio of 68 properties consisting of 21 office buildings, 7 medical office buildings, 12 retail centers, 9 multifamily buildings and 19 industrial/flex properties. Our principal objective is to invest in high quality properties in prime locations, then proactively manage, lease, and develop ongoing capital improvement programs to improve their economic performance. The percentage of total real estate rental revenue by property group for 2005, 2004 and 2003 and the percent leased, calculated as the percentage of physical net rentable area leased, as of December 31, 2005 were as follows:

 

Percent Leased*

December 31, 2005


          Real Estate Rental Revenue*

 
        2005

     2004

     2003

 

91%

   Office buildings      40 %    45 %    46 %

99%

   Medical office buildings      10      8      5  

99%

   Retail centers      17      16      17  

91%

   Multifamily      16      17      18  

93%

   Industrial      17      14      14  
           

  

  

            100 %    100 %    100 %
           

  

  


* Data excludes discontinued operations.

 

On a combined basis, our portfolio was 94% leased at December 31, 2005 and 92% leased at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

Total rental revenue from continuing operations was $190.0 million for 2005, $171.6 million for 2004 and $153.6 million for 2003. During the three year period ending December 31, 2005, we acquired two office buildings, five medical office buildings, two retail centers and five industrial properties. During that same time frame, we sold three office buildings and one industrial property. These acquisitions and dispositions were the primary reason for the shifting of each group’s percentage of total revenue reflected above.

 

No single tenant accounted for more than 3.3% of revenue in 2005, 3.3% of revenue in 2004, and 2.5% of revenue in 2003. All Federal government tenants in the aggregate accounted for approximately 1.8% of our 2005 total revenue. Federal government tenants include the Department of Defense, U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, Federal Bureau of Investigation, Office of Personnel Management, U.S. Department of Consumer Affairs and the National Institutes of Health. WRIT’s larger non-Federal government tenants include the World Bank, Sunrise Senior Living, Inc., Lockheed Corporation, George Washington University, IQ Solutions, Sun Microsystems, INOVA Health Systems, United Communications Group and Westat.

 

We expect to continue investing in additional income producing properties. We only invest in properties which we believe will increase in income and value. Our properties compete for tenants with other properties throughout the respective areas in which they are located on the basis of location, quality and rental rates.

 

We have recently engaged in ground-up development in order to further strengthen our portfolio with long-term growth prospects. We currently have three ground-up development projects underway. The first is a 224-unit

 

5


mixed-use residential and retail property in Arlington, VA referred to as Rosslyn Towers, with completion of the mid rise building expected in late 2006 and the high rise building expected in the second quarter 2007. The second is a 75-unit mixed-use residential and retail property in Alexandria, VA referred to as South Washington Street, with completion expected in early 2007. The third is our December 2005 acquisition of Dulles Station in Herndon, VA. These two office buildings will total 540,000 square feet when the two phases are complete. The completion of the first 185,000 square feet of building construction is expected late in 2007 and the second building of 355,000 square feet is expected to be completed sometime in 2008 or 2009 depending on market conditions.

 

We make capital improvements on an ongoing basis to our properties for the purpose of maintaining and increasing their value and income. Major improvements and/or renovations to the properties in 2005, 2004, and 2003 are discussed under the heading “Capital Improvements.”

 

Further description of the property groups is contained in Item 2, Properties and in Schedule III. Reference is also made to Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

On February 28, 2006, we had 260 employees including 179 persons engaged in property management functions and 81 persons engaged in corporate, financial, leasing and asset management functions.

 

AVAILABILITY OF REPORTS

 

A copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to such reports are available, free of charge, on the Internet on our website www.writ.com. All required reports are made available on the website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained in the website and such information should not be considered part of this document.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

Set forth below are the risks that we believe are material to our shareholders. We refer to the shares of beneficial interest in Washington Real Estate Investment Trust as our “shares,” and the investors who own shares as our “shareholders.” This section includes or refers to certain forward-looking statements. You should refer to the explanation of the qualifications and limitations on such forward-looking statements beginning on page 46.

 

Our performance and value are subject to risks associated with our real estate assets and with the real estate industry.

 

Our economic performance and the value of our real estate assets are subject to the risk that if our office, medical office, industrial, multifamily and retail properties do not generate revenues sufficient to meet our operating expenses, including debt service and capital expenditures, our cash flow and ability to pay distributions to our shareholders will be adversely affected. The following factors, among others, may adversely affect the revenues generated by our commercial and multifamily properties:

 

    downturns in the national, regional and local economic climate;

 

    competition from similar asset type properties;

 

    local real estate market conditions, such as oversupply or reduction in demand for office, industrial, multi-family or retail properties;

 

    changes in interest rates and availability of financing;

 

    vacancies, changes in market rental rates and the need to periodically repair, renovate and re-let space;

 

    increased operating costs, including insurance premiums, utilities and real estate taxes;

 

6


    inflation;

 

    weather conditions;

 

    consumer confidence, unemployment rates, and consumer tastes and preferences;

 

    civil disturbances, earthquakes and other natural disasters, terrorist acts or acts of war may result in uninsured or underinsured losses;

 

    significant expenditures associated with each investment, such as debt service payments, real estate taxes, insurance and maintenance costs, are generally not reduced when circumstances cause a reduction in revenues from a property; and

 

    the economic health of our tenants and ability to collect rents from tenants.

 

We are dependent upon the economic climate of the greater Washington/Baltimore region.

 

All of our properties are located in the greater Washington/Baltimore region. General economic conditions and local real estate conditions in this geographic region have a particularly strong effect.

 

We face risks associated with property acquisitions.

 

We intend to continue to acquire properties which would continue to increase our size and could alter our capital structure. Our acquisition activities and success may be exposed to the following risks:

 

    we may be unable to acquire a desired property because of competition from other real estate investors, including publicly traded real estate investment trusts, institutional investment funds and private investors;

 

    even if we enter into an acquisition agreement for a property, it is subject to customary conditions to closing, including completion of due diligence investigations which may be unacceptable;

 

    competition from other real estate investors may significantly increase the purchase price;

 

    we may be unable to finance acquisitions on favorable terms;

 

    acquired properties may fail to perform as we expected in analyzing our investments; and

 

    our estimates of the costs of repositioning or redeveloping acquired properties may be inaccurate.

 

We may acquire properties subject to liabilities and without recourse, or with limited recourse, with respect to unknown liabilities. As a result, if liability were asserted against us based upon the acquisition of a property, we may have to pay substantial sums to settle it, which could adversely affect our cash flow. Unknown liabilities with respect to properties acquired might include:

 

    liabilities for clean-up of undisclosed environmental contamination;

 

    claims by tenants, vendors or other persons dealing with the former owners of the properties;

 

    liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

 

    claims for indemnification by general partners, directors, officers and others indemnified by the former owners of the properties.

 

We face new and different risks associated with property development.

 

The ground-up development of Rosslyn Towers, South Washington Street and Dulles Station, as opposed to renovation and redevelopment of an existing property, is a relatively new activity for WRIT. Developing properties, in addition to the risks historically associated with our business, presents a number of new and additional risks for us, including risks that:

 

    the development opportunity may be abandoned after expending significant resources, if we are unable to obtain all necessary zoning and other required governmental permits and authorizations;

 

7


    the development and construction costs of the project may exceed original estimates;

 

    construction and/or permanent financing may not be available on favorable terms or may not be available at all;

 

    the project may not be completed on schedule as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as weather, labor conditions and material shortages, which would result in increases in construction costs and debt service expenses; and

 

    occupancy rates and rents at the newly completed property may not meet the expected levels and could be insufficient to make the property profitable.

 

Properties developed or acquired for development may generate little or no cash flow from the date of acquisition through the date of completion of development. In addition, new development activities, regardless of whether or not they are ultimately successful, may require a substantial portion of management’s time and attention.

 

We face potential difficulties or delays renewing leases or re-leasing space.

 

From 2006 through 2010, leases on our Office, Medical Office, Retail and Industrial properties will expire on a total of approximately 69% of our leased square footage as of December 31, 2005, with leases on approximately 14% of our leased square footage expiring in 2006, 11% in 2007, 15% in 2008, 14% in 2009 and 15% in 2010. We derive substantially all of our income from rent received from tenants. Also, when our tenants decide not to renew their leases, we may not be able to re-let the space. If tenants decide to renew their leases, the terms of renewals, including the cost of required improvements or concessions, may be less favorable than current lease terms. As a result, our cash flow could decrease and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders could be adversely affected. Residential properties are leased under operating leases with terms of generally one year or less. For the years ended 2005, 2004 and 2003, the residential tenant retention rate was 57%, 59% and 53%, respectively.

 

We face potential adverse effects from major tenants’ bankruptcies or insolvencies.

 

The bankruptcy or insolvency of a major tenant may adversely affect the income produced by a property. Although we have not experienced material losses from tenant bankruptcies or insolvencies in the past, a major tenant could file for bankruptcy protection or become insolvent in the future. We cannot evict a tenant solely because of its bankruptcy. On the other hand, a court might authorize the tenant to reject and terminate its lease. In such case, our claim against the bankrupt tenant for unpaid, future rent would be subject to a statutory cap that might be substantially less than the remaining rent actually owed under the lease, and, our claim for unpaid rent would likely not be paid in full. This shortfall could adversely affect our cash flow and results from operations. If a tenant experiences a downturn in its business or other types of financial distress, it may be unable to make timely rental payments.

 

Our properties face significant competition.

 

We face significant competition from developers, owners and operators of office, medical office, industrial, multifamily, retail and other commercial real estate. Substantially all of our properties face competition from similar properties in the same market. Such competition may affect our ability to attract and retain tenants and may reduce the rents we are able to charge. These competing properties may have vacancy rates higher than our properties, which may result in their owners being willing to make space available at lower prices than the space in our properties.

 

Compliance or failure to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act and other laws could result in substantial costs.

 

The Americans with Disabilities Act generally requires that public buildings, including commercial and multifamily properties, be made accessible to disabled persons. Noncompliance could result in imposition of

 

8


fines by the Federal government or the award of damages to private litigants. If, pursuant to the Americans with Disabilities Act, we are required to make substantial alterations and capital expenditures in one or more of our properties, including the removal of access barriers, it could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations, as well as the amount of cash available for distribution to our shareholders. We may also incur significant costs complying with other regulations. Our properties are subject to various federal, state and local regulatory requirements, such as state and local fire and life safety requirements. If we fail to comply with these requirements, we may incur fines or private damage awards. We believe that our properties are currently in material compliance with all of these regulatory requirements. However, we do not know whether existing requirements will change or whether compliance with future requirements will require significant unanticipated expenditures that will adversely affect our cash flow and results from operations.

 

Some potential losses are not covered by insurance.

 

We carry insurance coverage on our properties of types and in amounts that we believe are in line with coverage customarily obtained by owners of similar properties. We believe all of our properties are adequately insured. The property insurance that we maintain for our properties has historically been on an “all risk” basis, which is in full force and effect until renewal in September 2007. There are other types of losses, such as from wars or catastrophic acts of nature, for which we cannot obtain insurance at all or at a reasonable cost. In the event of an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of our insurance limits, we could lose both the revenues generated from the affected property and the capital we have invested in the affected property. Depending on the specific circumstances of the affected property it is possible that we could be liable for any mortgage indebtedness or other obligations related to the property. Any such loss could adversely affect our business and financial condition and results of operations.

 

Also, we have to renew our policies in most cases on an annual basis and negotiate acceptable terms for coverage, exposing us to the volatility of the insurance markets, including the possibility of rate increases. Any material increase in insurance rates or decrease in available coverage in the future could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Potential liability for environmental contamination could result in substantial costs.

 

Under Federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, we may be required to investigate and clean up the effects of releases of hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum products at our properties, regardless of our knowledge or responsibility, simply because of our current or past ownership or operation of the real estate. In addition, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration are increasingly involved in indoor air quality standards, especially with respect to asbestos, mold and medical waste. The clean up of any environmental contamination, including asbestos and mold, can be costly. If unidentified environmental problems arise, we may have to make substantial payments which could adversely affect our cash flow, because:

 

    as owner or operator we may have to pay for property damage and for investigation and clean-up costs incurred in connection with the contamination;

 

    the law typically imposes clean-up responsibility and liability regardless of whether the owner or operator knew of or caused the contamination;

 

    even if more than one person may be responsible for the contamination, each person who shares legal liability under the environmental laws may be held responsible for all of the clean-up costs; and

 

    governmental entities and third parties may sue the owner or operator of a contaminated site for damages and costs.

 

These costs could be substantial and in extreme cases could exceed the value of the contaminated property. The presence of hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum products or the failure to properly remediate

 

9


contamination may adversely affect our ability to borrow against, sell or rent an affected property. In addition, applicable environmental laws create liens on contaminated sites in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs in connection with a contamination.

 

We have a storage tank third party liability, corrective action and cleanup policy in place to cover potential hazardous releases from underground storage tanks on our properties. This insurance is in place to mitigate any potential remediation costs from the effect of releases of hazardous or toxic substances from these storage tanks. Additional coverage is in place under a pollution legal liability real estate policy. This would, dependent on circumstance and type of pollutants discovered, provide further coverage above and beyond the storage tank policy.

 

Environmental laws also govern the presence, maintenance and removal of asbestos. Such laws require that owners or operators of buildings containing asbestos:

 

    properly manage and maintain the asbestos;

 

    notify and train those who may come into contact with asbestos; and

 

    undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, if asbestos would be disturbed during renovation or demolition of a building.

 

Such laws may impose fines and penalties on building owners or operators who fail to comply with these requirements and may allow third parties to seek recovery from owners or operators for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos fibers.

 

It is our policy to retain independent environmental consultants to conduct Phase I environmental site assessments and asbestos surveys with respect to our acquisition of properties. These assessments generally include a visual inspection of the properties and the surrounding areas, an examination of current and historical uses of the properties and the surrounding areas and a review of relevant state, Federal and historical documents, but do not involve invasive techniques such as soil and ground water sampling. Where appropriate, on a property-by-property basis, our practice is to have these consultants conduct additional testing, including sampling for asbestos, for mold, for lead in drinking water, for soil contamination where underground storage tanks are or were located or where other past site usages create a potential environmental problem, and for contamination in groundwater. Even though these environmental assessments are conducted, there is still the risk that:

 

    the environmental assessments and updates did not identify all potential environmental liabilities;

 

    a prior owner created a material environmental condition that is not known to us or the independent consultants preparing the assessments;

 

    new environmental liabilities have developed since the environmental assessments were conducted; and

 

    future uses or conditions such as changes in applicable environmental laws and regulations could result in environmental liability to us.

 

Recently enacted changes in securities laws are likely to increase our costs.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, have required change in some of our corporate governance and accounting practices. In addition, the New York Stock Exchange has promulgated a number of regulations. We expect these laws, rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly. We also expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur significantly higher costs to obtain coverage. These new laws, rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of trustees, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and qualified executive officers.

 

10


We face risks associated with the use of debt to fund acquisitions and developments, including refinancing risk.

 

We rely on borrowings under our credit facilities to finance acquisitions and development activities and for working capital. If we were unable to borrow under our credit facilities, or to refinance existing indebtedness, our financial condition and results of operations would likely be adversely affected.

 

We are subject to the risks normally associated with debt financing, including the risk that our cash flow may be insufficient to meet required payments of principal and interest. We anticipate that only a small portion of the principal of our debt will be repaid prior to maturity. Therefore, we are likely to need to refinance at least a portion of our outstanding debt as it matures. There is a risk that we may not be able to refinance existing debt or that the terms of any refinancing will not be as favorable as the terms of the existing debt. If principal payments due at maturity cannot be refinanced, extended or repaid with proceeds from other sources, such as new equity capital, our cash flow will not be sufficient to repay all maturing debt in years when significant “balloon” payments come due.

 

Rising interest rates would increase our interest costs.

 

We may incur indebtedness that bears interest at variable rates. Accordingly, if interest rates increase, so will our interest costs, which could adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to service debt. As a protection against rising interest rates, we may enter into agreements such as interest rate swaps, caps, floors and other interest rate exchange contracts. These agreements, however, increase our risks including other parties to the agreements not performing or that the agreements may be unenforceable.

 

Covenants in our debt agreements could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

Our credit facilities contain customary restrictions, requirements and other limitations on our ability to incur indebtedness. We must maintain certain ratios, including total debt to assets, secured debt to total assets, debt service coverage and minimum ratios of unencumbered assets to unsecured debt. Our ability to borrow under our credit facilities is subject to compliance with our financial and other covenants.

 

Failure to comply with any of the covenants under our unsecured credit facilities or other debt instruments could result in a default under one or more of our debt instruments. This could cause our lenders to accelerate the timing of payments and would therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, financial condition and liquidity.

 

Further issuances of equity securities may be dilutive to current shareholders.

 

The interests of our existing shareholders could be diluted if additional equity securities are issued to finance future developments and acquisitions instead of incurring additional debt. Our ability to execute our business strategy depends on our access to an appropriate blend of debt financing, including unsecured lines of credit and other forms of secured and unsecured debt, and equity financing.

 

Failure to qualify as a REIT would cause us to be taxed as a corporation, which would substantially reduce funds available for payment of dividends.

 

If we fail to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we would be taxed as a corporation. We believe that we are organized and qualified as a REIT and intend to operate in a manner that will allow us to continue to qualify as a REIT.

 

11


If we fail to qualify as a REIT we could face serious tax consequences that could substantially reduce the funds available for payment of dividends for each of the years involved because:

 

    we would not be allowed a deduction for dividends paid to shareholders in computing our taxable income and could be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates;

 

    we also could be subject to the Federal alternative minimum tax and possibly increased state and local taxes;

 

    unless we are entitled to relief under statutory provisions, we could not elect to be subject to tax as a REIT for four taxable years following the year during which we are disqualified; and

 

    all dividends would be subject to tax as ordinary income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits potentially eligible as “qualified dividends” subject to the 15% income tax rate.

 

In addition, if we fail to qualify as a REIT, we would no longer be required to pay dividends. As a result of these factors, our failure to qualify as a REIT could impair our ability to expand our business and raise capital, and could adversely affect the value of our shares.

 

The market value of our securities can be adversely affected by many factors.

 

As with any public company, a number of factors may adversely influence the public market price of our common shares, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

    level of institutional interest in us;

 

    perception of REITs generally and REITs with portfolios similar to ours, in particular, by market professionals;

 

    attractiveness of securities of REITs in comparison to other companies taking into account, among other things, that a substantial portion of REITs’ dividends are taxed as ordinary income;

 

    our financial condition and performance;

 

    the market’s perception of our growth potential and potential future cash dividends;

 

    government action or regulation, including changes in tax law;

 

    increases in market interest rates, which may lead investors to expect a higher annual yield from our distributions in relation to the price of our shares; and

 

    relatively low trading volume of shares of REITs in general, which tends to exacerbate a market trend with respect to our stock.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

[None]

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

The schedule on the following pages lists our real estate investment portfolio as of December 31, 2005, which consisted of 68 properties.

 

As of December 31, 2005, the percent leased is the percentage of net rentable area for which fully executed leases exist and may include signed leases for space not yet occupied by the tenant.

 

Cost information is included in Schedule III to our financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

12


SCHEDULE OF PROPERTIES

 

Properties


  Location

  Year
Acquired


  Year Constructed

  Net Rentable
Square Feet


  Percent
Leased
12/31/05


 

Office Buildings

                     

1901 Pennsylvania Avenue

  Washington, D.C.   1977   1960   97,000   92 %

51 Monroe Street

  Rockville, MD   1979   1975   208,000   96 %

515 King Street

  Alexandria, VA   1992   1966   78,000   78 %

The Lexington Building

  Rockville, MD   1993   1970   46,000   64 %

The Saratoga Building

  Rockville, MD   1993   1977   59,000   99 %

Brandywine Center

  Rockville, MD   1993   1969   35,000   94 %

6110 Executive Boulevard

  Rockville, MD   1995   1971   199,000   85 %

1220 19 th Street

  Washington, D.C.   1995   1976   102,000   100 %

Maryland Trade Center I

  Greenbelt, MD   1996   1981   190,000   93 %

Maryland Trade Center II

  Greenbelt, MD   1996   1984   158,000   88 %

1600 Wilson Boulevard

  Arlington, VA   1997   1973   166,000   90 %

7900 Westpark Drive

  McLean, VA   1997   1972/1986/1999 1   521,000   84 %

600 Jefferson Plaza

  Rockville, MD   1999   1985   115,000   89 %

1700 Research Boulevard

  Rockville, MD   1999   1982   103,000   95 %

Parklawn Plaza

  Rockville, MD   1999   1986   40,000   100 %

Wayne Plaza

  Silver Spring, MD   2000   1970   91,000   100 %

Courthouse Square

  Alexandria, VA   2000   1979   113,000   98 %

One Central Plaza

  Rockville, MD   2001   1974   267,000   94 %

The Atrium Building

  Rockville, MD   2002   1980   81,000   96 %

1776 G Street

  Washington, D.C.   2003   1979   262,000   100 %

Albemarle Point

  Chantilly, VA   2005   2001   90,000   89 %
               
 

Subtotal

              3,021,000   91 %
               
 

Medical Office Buildings

                     

Woodburn Medical Park I

  Annandale, VA   1998   1984   71,000   97 %

Woodburn Medical Park II

  Annandale, VA   1998   1988   96,000   100 %

Prosperity Medical Center I

  Merrifield, VA   2003   2000   92,000   100 %

Prosperity Medical Center II

  Merrifield, VA   2003   2001   88,000   100 %

Prosperity Medical Center III

  Merrifield, VA   2003   2002   75,000   100 %

Shady Grove Medical Village II

  Rockville, MD   2004   1999   66,000   100 %

8301 Arlington Boulevard

  Fairfax, VA   2004   1965   50,000   88 %
               
 

Subtotal

              538,000   99 %
               
 

Retail Centers

                     

Takoma Park

  Takoma Park, MD   1963   1962   51,000   100 %

Westminster

  Westminster, MD   1972   1969   146,000   90 %

Concord Centre

  Springfield, VA   1973   1960   76,000   100 %

Wheaton Park

  Wheaton, MD   1977   1967   72,000   100 %

Bradlee

  Alexandria, VA   1984   1955   168,000   100 %

Chevy Chase Metro Plaza

  Washington, D.C.   1985   1975   50,000   100 %

Montgomery Village Center

  Gaithersburg, MD   1992   1969   198,000   99 %

Shoppes of Foxchase 2

  Alexandria, VA   1994   1960   128,000   97 %

Frederick County Square

  Frederick, MD   1995   1973   227,000   100 %

800 S. Washington Street 3

  Alexandria, VA   1998/2003 2   1955/1959   45,000   100 %

Centre at Hagerstown

  Hagerstown, MD   2002   2000   334,000   100 %

Frederick Crossing

  Frederick, MD   2005   1999/2003   295,000   100 %
               
 

Subtotal

              1,790,000   99 %
               
 

 

13


SCHEDULE OF PROPERTIES (continued)

 

Properties


  Location

  Year
Acquired


 

Year

Constructed


 

Net

Rentable*
Square Feet


  Percent
Leased
12/31/05


 

Multifamily Buildings / # units

                     

3801 Connecticut Avenue / 306

  Washington, D.C.   1963   1951   177,000   91 %

Roosevelt Towers / 190

  Falls Church, VA   1965   1964   168,000   89 %

Country Club Towers / 227

  Arlington, VA   1969   1965   159,000   96 %

Park Adams / 200

  Arlington, VA   1969   1959   172,000   92 %

Munson Hill Towers / 279

  Falls Church, VA   1970   1963   259,000   90 %

The Ashby at McLean / 254

  McLean, VA   1996   1982   244,000   81 %

Walker House Apartments / 212

  Gaithersburg, MD   1996   1971/2003 4   154,000   95 %

Bethesda Hill Apartments / 194

  Bethesda, MD   1997   1986   226,000   92 %

Avondale / 237

  Laurel, MD   1999   1987   170,000   94 %
               
 

Subtotal (2,099 units)

              1,729,000   91 %
               
 

Industrial Distribution/Flex Properties

                     

Fullerton Business Center

  Springfield, VA   1985   1980   104,000   100 %

Charleston Business Center

  Rockville, MD   1993   1973   85,000   93 %

Tech 100 Industrial Park

  Elkridge, MD   1995   1990   167,000   88 %

Crossroads Distribution Center

  Elkridge, MD   1995   1987   85,000   70 %

The Alban Business Center

  Springfield, VA   1996   1981/1982   87,000   100 %

The Earhart Building

  Chantilly, VA   1996   1987   93,000   100 %

Ammendale Technology Park I

  Beltsville, MD   1997   1985   167,000   91 %

Ammendale Technology Park II

  Beltsville, MD   1997   1986   108,000   76 %

Pickett Industrial Park

  Alexandria, VA   1997   1973   246,000   100 %

Northern Virginia Industrial Park

  Lorton, VA   1998   1968/1991   788,000   94 %

8900 Telegraph Road

  Lorton, VA   1998   1985   32,000   100 %

Dulles South IV

  Chantilly, VA   1999   1988   83,000   100 %

Sully Square

  Chantilly, VA   1999   1986   95,000   49 %

Amvax

  Beltsville, MD   1999   1986   31,000   100 %

Sullyfield Center

  Chantilly, VA   2001   1985   245,000   100 %

Fullerton Industrial Center

  Springfield, VA   2003   1980   137,000   83 %

8880 Gorman Road

  Laurel, MD   2004   2000   141,000   100 %

Dulles Business Park Portfolio

  Chantilly, VA   2004   1999-2004   325,000   99 %

Albemarle Point

  Chantilly, VA   2005   2001/2003/2005   206,000   100 %
               
 

Subtotal

              3,225,000   93 %
               
 

TOTAL

              10,303,000      
               
     

1 A 49,000 square foot addition to 7900 Westpark Drive was completed in September 1999.

 

2 Approximately 60,000 square feet of the center is under development.

 

3 South Washington Street includes 718 E. Jefferson Street, acquired in May 2003 to complete the ownership of the entire block of 800 S. Washington Street.

 

4 A 16 unit addition referred to as The Gardens at Walker House was completed in October 2003.

 

* Multifamily buildings are presented in gross square feet.

 

14


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

None.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2005.

 

15


PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Our shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange. Currently, there are approximately 47,300 shareholders.

 

The high and low sales price for our shares for 2005 and 2004, by quarter, and the amount of dividends we paid per share are as follows:

 

     Dividends
Per Share


   Quarterly Share
Price Range


Quarter


      High

   Low

2005

                    

Fourth

   $ .4025    $ 32.00    $ 28.36

Third

   $ .4025    $ 33.69    $ 29.42

Second

   $ .4025    $ 32.54    $ 28.70

First

   $ .3925    $ 33.95    $ 27.65

2004

                    

Fourth

   $ .3925    $ 34.48    $ 30.17

Third

   $ .3925    $ 31.47    $ 27.31

Second

   $ .3925    $ 32.95    $ 25.21

First

   $ .3725    $ 32.50    $ 28.10

 

We have historically paid dividends on a quarterly basis. Dividends are normally paid based on our cash flow from operating activities.

 

During the period covered by this report, we did not sell any equity securities without registration under the Securities Act.

 

Neither we nor any affiliated purchaser (as that term is defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 10b-18(a) (3)) made any repurchases of our shares during the fourth quarter of the fiscal years covered by this report.

 

16


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

     2005

   2004

   2003

   2002

   2001

     (in thousands, except per share data)

Real estate rental revenue

   $ 190,046    $ 171,646    $ 153,576    $ 141,136    $ 134,775

Income from continuing operations

   $ 40,443    $ 40,641    $ 40,558    $ 41,725    $ 40,496

Discontinued Operations:

                                  

Income from operations of properties sold or held for sale

   $ 184    $ 3,894    $ 4,329    $ 6,273    $ 7,561

Gain on property disposed

   $ 37,011    $ 1,029      —      $ 3,838      —  

Income before gain on sale of real estate

   $ 77,638    $ 45,564    $ 44,887    $ 51,836    $ 48,057

Gain on sale of real estate

     —        —        —        —      $ 4,296

Net income

   $ 77,638    $ 45,564    $ 44,887    $ 51,836    $ 52,353

Income per share from continuing operations—diluted

   $ 0.96    $ 0.97    $ 1.02    $ 1.06    $ 1.08

Earnings per share—diluted

   $ 1.84    $ 1.09    $ 1.13    $ 1.32    $ 1.38

Total assets

   $ 1,141,285    $ 1,012,393    $ 928,089    $ 756,299    $ 707,935

Lines of credit payable

   $ 24,000    $ 117,000      —      $ 50,750      —  

Mortgage notes payable

   $ 169,617    $ 173,429    $ 142,182    $ 86,951    $ 94,726

Notes payable

   $ 520,000    $ 320,000    $ 375,000    $ 265,000    $ 265,000

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 380,305    $ 366,009    $ 378,748    $ 326,177    $ 323,607

Cash dividends paid

   $ 67,322    $ 64,836    $ 58,605    $ 54,352    $ 49,686

Cash dividends paid per share

   $ 1.60    $ 1.55    $ 1.47    $ 1.39    $ 1.31

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. On an on-going basis, we evaluate these estimates, including those related to estimated useful lives of real estate assets, estimated fair value of acquired leases, cost reimbursement income, bad debts, contingencies and litigation. We base the estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. There can be no assurance that actual results will not differ from those estimates.

 

Overview

 

Our revenues are derived primarily from the ownership and operation of income-producing real properties in the greater Washington/Baltimore region. As of December 31, 2005, we owned a diversified portfolio of 68 properties, consisting of 21 office buildings, 7 medical office buildings, 12 retail centers, 9 multifamily buildings and 19 industrial complexes totaling 10.3 million net rentable square feet. We also hold land for development. We have a fundamental strategy of regional focus, diversification by property type and conservative capital management.

 

When evaluating our financial condition and operating performance, management focuses on the following financial and non-financial indicators, discussed in further detail herein:

 

    Net Operating Income (“NOI”) by segment. NOI is calculated as real estate rental revenue less real estate operating expenses. It is a supplemental measure to Net Income.

 

17


    Economic occupancy (or “occupancy”—defined as actual rental revenues recognized for the period indicated as a percentage of gross potential rental revenues for that period), leased percentage (the percentage of available physical net rentable area leased for our commercial segments and percentage of apartment units leased for our residential segment) and rental rates.

 

    Leasing activity—new leases, renewals and expirations.

 

    Funds From Operations (“FFO”), a supplemental measure to Net Income.

 

During 2005 we continued our long-standing strategy of focusing in the greater Washington/Baltimore region, one of the most stable real estate markets in the country. The region posted positive job growth of approximately 3.0% in the twelve months ended November 2005 and an unemployment rate of 3.3% compared to the national average of 5.0%. The job growth occurred principally in the professional/business services, retail and construction sectors. This is a positive sign for continued economic growth in the region. Overall conditions in the region improved during the year, with continued strength in the retail sector and stabilizing rents in the office and industrial sectors, as the multifamily sector began to benefit from the overall market conditions.

 

Overall occupancies as well as our results in 2005 were primarily impacted by the $229.1 million in acquisitions we completed in 2004 and 2005, dispositions of $83.5 million and the performance of our core portfolio (consisting of properties owned for the entirety of 2005 and the same time period in 2004) which improved slightly compared to 2004.

 

The performance of our five operating segments generally reflected market conditions in our region:

 

    The regional office market, particularly Northern Virginia, improved during the year. While leasing activity increased, rental rates generally remained flat to slightly up due to remaining vacant space. Our Northern Virginia office portfolio was 87% leased, compared to 98% in our Washington, DC portfolio and 93% in the Maryland portfolio. The Washington, DC office market led the region in overall occupancy and development activity and experienced moderate rental rate growth due to strong market conditions. Overall leasing activity in the suburban Maryland market improved, however rental rates were generally flat to down depending on the submarket, as the pace of economic recovery was slower than anticipated and National Institutes of Health and its subcontractors showed little demand.

 

    The medical office market is excellent with little to no new construction activity and strong demand. This is reflected in our medical office portfolio which is 99% leased at year end.

 

    The neighborhood and community shopping center market remained strong in the region due to continued job growth spurring high occupancies and strong sales, as was reflected in our retail portfolio which was 99% leased at year end.

 

    The multifamily market is in strong condition due to the healthy job market and low unemployment rate combined with decreasing supply due to condo conversions. The multifamily portfolio was 91% occupied as of December 31, 2005.

 

    The industrial market benefited from the region’s strengthening economy during the year, particularly in the Baltimore/Washington and Dulles corridors, with positive absorption and increased rents. Our industrial portfolio was 93% leased at year-end.

 

During 2005 development continued on Phase I of Rosslyn Towers, our mixed-use residential and retail community in Virginia. We began development at South Washington Street and redevelopment at Foxchase Shopping center, both in Alexandria, Virginia and started the planning, late in the year, for the development of Dulles Station, acquired in December 2005.

 

Significant transactions during the two years ended December 31, 2005 are summarized below:

 

2005

 

   

The acquisition of one retail property, for a purchase price of $44.8 million, adding approximately 295,000 square feet of rentable retail space which was 100% leased as of the end of 2005, one industrial

 

18


 

property for a purchase price of $8.8 million, adding approximately 60,000 square feet of rentable industrial space which was 100.0% leased as of the end of 2005 and one office and industrial property for a purchase price of $66.8 million, adding approximately 90,000 square feet of rentable office space and approximately 206,000 square feet of rentable industrial space which was 97% leased as of the end of 2005. The acquisition of land for $24.7 million for the development of a 540,000 square foot office complex with an estimated completion date for the first building, 185,000 square feet, in the second quarter 2007.

 

    The disposition of one industrial and three office properties, totaling approximately 480,000 square feet, for a gain of approximately $35.1 million and the recognition of a previously deferred gain of $1.9 million from the sale of an Office property in November, 2004.

 

    The extension and increase of our line of Credit Facility No. 2 until 2008 for $70 million.

 

    The issuance of $50.0 million of 5.05% senior unsecured notes due May 1, 2012 and $50.0 million of 5.35% senior unsecured notes due May 1, 2015, at effective yields of 5.064% and 5.359%, respectively. On October 3, 2005, we reopened the series of 5.35% senior unsecured notes and issued an additional $100 million of notes.

 

    The investment of $17.3 million in the major development and redevelopment of several properties.

 

    The execution of new leases for 1,720,000 square feet of Office, Medical Office, Retail and Industrial space, combined.

 

2004

 

    The acquisitions of two Industrial properties for an aggregate purchase price of $57.5 million, adding approximately 406,000 square feet of Industrial rental space, and two Medical Office properties for an aggregate price of $26.5 million, adding approximately 116,000 square feet of Medical Office rental space.

 

    The disposition of 8230 Boone Boulevard, a 58,000 square foot Office property, for a sale price of $10.0 million and a gain of $1.0 million.

 

    The execution of new leases for 1,799,000 square feet of Office, Medical Office, Retail, and Industrial space combined.

 

    The execution of a new $85.0 million line of credit with Bank One, NA and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association that replaced the previous $25.0 million facility with Bank One, NA.

 

    The repayment of $55.0 million of 7.78% unsecured notes in November 2004.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

 

We believe the following critical accounting policies reflect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Residential properties are leased under operating leases with terms of generally one year or less, and commercial properties are leased under operating leases with average terms of three to seven years. We recognize rental income and rental abatements from our residential and commercial leases when earned on a straight-line basis in accordance with SFAS No. 13 “Accounting for Leases.” Recognition of rental income commences when control of the facility has been given to the tenant. We record a provision for losses on accounts receivable equal to the estimated uncollectible amounts. This estimate is based on our historical experience and a review of the current status of the company’s receivables. Percentage rents, which represent additional rents based on gross tenant sales, are recognized when tenants’ sales exceed specified thresholds.

 

19


In accordance with SFAS No. 66, “Accounting for Sales of Real Estate,” sales are recognized at closing only when sufficient down payments have been obtained, possession and other attributes of ownership have been transferred to the buyer and we have no significant continuing involvement.

 

We recognize cost reimbursement income from pass-through expenses on an accrual basis over the periods in which the expenses were incurred. Pass-through expenses are comprised of real estate taxes, operating expenses and common area maintenance costs which are reimbursed by tenants in accordance with specific allowable costs per tenant lease agreements.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

We capitalize those expenditures related to acquiring new assets, significantly increasing the value of an existing asset, or substantially extending the useful life of an existing asset. In addition, we capitalize tenant leasehold improvements when certain conditions are met, including when we supervise construction and will own the improvements. Expenditures necessary to maintain an existing property in ordinary operating condition are expensed as incurred.

 

Real Estate Assets

 

Real estate assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives ranging from 28 to 50 years. All capital improvement expenditures associated with replacements, improvements, or major repairs to real property are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 30 years. All tenant improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life or the term of the lease.

 

We allocate the purchase price of acquired properties to the related physical assets and in-place leases based on their relative fair values, in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” The fair values of acquired buildings are determined on an “as-if-vacant” basis considering a variety of factors, including the physical condition and quality of the buildings, estimated rental and absorption rates, estimated future cash flows and valuation assumptions consistent with current market conditions. The “as-if-vacant” fair value is allocated to land, building and tenant improvements based on property tax assessments and other relevant information obtained in connection with the acquisition of the property.

 

The fair value of in-place leases consists of the following components—(1) the estimated cost to us to replace the leases, including foregone rents during the period of finding a new tenant, foregone recovery of tenant pass-throughs, tenant improvements, and other direct costs associated with obtaining a new tenant (referred to as “Tenant Origination Cost”); (2) estimated leasing commissions associated with obtaining a new tenant (referred to as “Leasing Commissions”); (3) the above/at/below market cash flow of the leases, determined by comparing the projected cash flows of the leases in place to projected cash flows of comparable market-rate leases (referred to as “Net Lease Intangible”); and (4) the value, if any, of customer relationships, determined based on our evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant’s lease and our overall relationship with the tenant (referred to as “Customer Relationship Value”).

 

The amounts used to calculate Tenant Origination Cost, Leasing Commissions, and Net Lease Intangible are discounted using an interest rate which reflects the risks associated with the leases acquired. Tenant Origination Costs are included in Real Estate Assets on our balance sheet and are amortized as depreciation expense on a straight-line basis over the remaining life of the underlying leases. Leasing Commissions are classified as Other Assets and are amortized as amortization expense on a straight-line basis over the remaining life of the underlying leases. The aggregate value of the cash flow for above market leases results in Net Lease Intangible Assets which are classified as Other Assets and are amortized on a straight-line basis as a decrease to Real Estate Rental Revenue over the remaining term of the underlying leases. The aggregate value of the cash flow for below market leases results in Net Lease Intangible Liabilities which are classified as Other Liabilities and are amortized on a straight-line basis as an increase to Real Estate Rental Revenue over the remaining term of the underlying leases. The aggregate value of the cash flow of leases at market results in no additional assets or liabilities.

 

20


Discontinued Operations

 

We dispose of assets (sometimes using tax-deferred exchanges) that are inconsistent with our long-term strategic or return objectives and where market conditions for sale are favorable. The proceeds from the sales are reinvested into other properties, used to fund development operations or to support other corporate needs, or are distributed to our shareholders.

 

We classify properties as held for sale when they meet the necessary criteria specified by SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”. These include: senior management commits to and actively embarks upon a plan to sell the assets, the sale is expected to be completed within one year under terms usual and customary for such sales and actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. Depreciation on these properties is discontinued, but operating revenues, operating expenses and interest expense continue to be recognized until the date of sale.

 

Under SFAS No. 144, revenues and expenses of properties that are either sold or classified as held for sale are treated as discontinued operations for all periods presented in the Statements of Income.

 

Impairment Losses on Long-Lived Assets

 

We recognize impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the net undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. If such carrying amount is in excess of the estimated cash flows from the operation and disposal of the property, we would recognize an impairment loss equivalent to an amount required to adjust the carrying amount to the estimated fair market value. There were no property impairments recognized during the three-year period ended December 31, 2005.

 

Federal Income Taxes

 

We believe that we qualify as a REIT under Sections 856-860 of the Internal Revenue Code and intend to continue to qualify as such. To maintain our status as a REIT, we are required to distribute 90% of our ordinary taxable income to our shareholders. We have the option of (i) reinvesting the sale price of properties sold, allowing for a deferral of income taxes on the sale, (ii) paying out capital gains to the shareholders with no tax to the company or (iii) treating the capital gains as having been distributed to the shareholders, paying the tax on the gain deemed distributed and allocating the tax paid as a credit to the shareholders. We distributed 100% of our 2005 and 2004 ordinary taxable income, and the gains from the property disposed in 2004, to shareholders. $33.5 million of the gains from property disposed in 2005 was reinvested in replacement properties. Approximately $3.5 million of gains from disposed property in 2005 was distributed to shareholders. We distributed 100% of our 2003 ordinary taxable income to our shareholders. No provision for income taxes was necessary during the three year period ended December 31, 2005.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The discussion that follows is based on our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. The ability to compare one period to another may be significantly affected by acquisitions completed and dispositions made during those years.

 

For purposes of evaluating comparative operating performance, we categorize our properties as “core”, “non-core” or Discontinued Operations. A “core” property is one that was owned for the entirety of the periods being evaluated and is included in continuing operations. A “non-core” property is one that was acquired during either of the periods being evaluated and is included in continuing operations. Results for properties sold or held for sale during any of the periods evaluated are classified as Discontinued Operations.

 

To provide more insight into our operating results, our discussion is divided into two main sections: (1) Consolidated Results of Operations where we provide an overview analysis of results on a consolidated basis and (2) Net Operating Income (“NOI”) where we provide a detailed analysis of core versus non-core property-level NOI results by segment. NOI is calculated as real estate rental revenue less real estate operating expenses.

 

21


Consolidated Results of Operations

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue is summarized as follows (all data in thousands except percentage amounts):

 

     2005

   2004

   2003

   2005 vs
2004


    %
Change


    2004 vs
2003


   %
Change


 

Minimum base rent

   $ 170,038    $ 154,956    $ 139,035    $ 15,082     9.7 %   $ 15,921    11.4 %

Recoveries from tenants

     15,482      11,989      9,885      3,493     29.1 %     2,104    21.2 %

Parking and other tenant charges

     4,526      4,701      4,656      (175 )   (3.7 %)     45    1.0 %
    

  

  

  


 

 

  

     $ 190,046    $ 171,646    $ 153,576    $ 18,400     10.7 %   $ 18,070    11.8 %
    

  

  

  


 

 

  

 

Real estate rental revenue is comprised of (1) minimum base rent, which includes rental revenues recognized on a straight-line basis, (2) revenue from the recovery of operating expenses from our tenants and (3) other revenue such as parking and termination fees and percentage rents.

 

Minimum base rent increased $15.1 million (9.7%) in 2005 as compared to 2004 and $15.9 million (11.4%) in 2004 as compared to 2003. The increase in minimum base rent in 2005 was due primarily to the increase in rent from properties acquired in 2004 and 2005 ($12.5 million), combined with a $2.6 million increase in minimum base rent from core properties due to lower vacancies and rental rate increases in the Retail, Industrial and Multifamily sectors. The increase in minimum base rent in 2004 was due primarily to the increase in rent from properties acquired in 2004 ($1.8 million) and 2003 ($13.1 million), combined with a $1.0 million increase in minimum base rent from core properties due to rental rate increases and lower vacancies in the Office and Retail sectors.

 

A summary of economic occupancy for properties classified as continuing operations by sector follows:

 

Consolidated Economic Occupancy

Sector


   2005

    2004

    2003

    2005 vs
2004


    2004 vs
2003


 

Office

   88.1 %   89.2 %   88.9 %   (1.1 %)   0.3 %

Medical Office

   98.4 %   98.2 %   97.4 %   0.2 %   0.8 %

Retail

   97.6 %   94.8 %   96.0 %   2.8 %   (1.2 %)

Multifamily

   93.2 %   90.5 %   90.8 %   2.7 %   (0.3 %)

Industrial

   94.5 %   92.7 %   87.9 %   1.8 %   4.8 %
    

 

 

 

 

Total

   92.4 %   91.4 %   90.6 %   1.0 %   0.8 %
    

 

 

 

 

 

Our overall economic occupancy increased 100 basis points in 2005 as compared to 2004 and increased 80 basis points in 2004 as compared to 2003. Property acquisitions in the Industrial and Retail sectors and decreased vacancy in the Multifamily sector, partially offset by higher vacancies in the Office sector, accounted for the increase in overall economic occupancy in 2005. Acquisitions of highly occupied properties and increased Industrial leasing activity, partially offset by higher vacancies in the Multifamily and Retail sectors accounted for the increase in 2004. A detailed discussion of occupancy by sector can be found in the Net Operating Income section.

 

Recoveries from tenants increased $3.5 million (29.1%) in 2005 as compared to 2004 and $2.1 million (21.2%) in 2004 as compared to 2003. The increase in recoveries from tenants in 2005 was due primarily to increased recovery income from core properties ($1.7 million) due to higher operating expense, utilities, common area maintenance, real estate taxes and from properties acquired in 2005 and 2004 ($1.8 million). The increase in recoveries from tenants in 2004 was due primarily to recoveries from properties acquired in 2003 and 2004 ($0.8 million) and a $1.3 million increase in recoveries from core properties due to higher common area maintenance, real estate tax and operating expenses.

 

22


Parking and other tenant charges decreased $0.2 million in 2005 as compared to 2004 and were flat in 2004 as compared to 2003. The decrease in parking and other charges in 2005 was driven by core properties due primarily to lower percentage rent.

 

Real estate operating expenses

 

Real estate operating expenses are summarized as follows (all data in thousands except percentage amounts):

 

     2005

   2004

   2003

   2005 vs
2004


   %
Change


    2004 vs
2003


   %
Change


 

Property operating expenses

   $ 42,158    $ 37,266    $ 32,743    $ 4,892    13.1 %   $ 4,523    13.8 %

Real estate taxes

     15,958      14,062      11,884      1,896    13.5 %     2,178    18.3 %
    

  

  

  

  

 

  

     $ 58,116    $ 51,328    $ 44,627    $ 6,788    13.2 %   $ 6,701    15.0 %
    

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

Property operating expenses include utilities, repairs and maintenance, property administration and management, operating services, common area maintenance and other operating expenses.

 

Real estate operating expenses as a percentage of revenue were 30.6% for 2005, 29.9% for 2004 and 29.1% for 2003.

 

Properties acquired in 2004 and 2005 accounted for $2.1 million (43.5%) of the $4.9 million increase in 2005 property operating expenses. Core property operating expenses increased $2.9 million as a result of higher utility costs due largely to rate increases and energy taxes, increased administrative expenditures and higher repairs and maintenance costs. Real estate taxes increased $1.9 million due primarily to the properties acquired in 2004 and 2005, which accounted for $1.1 million (59.1%) of the increase. The remainder of the increase in real estate taxes was due primarily to higher value assessments among our core properties.

 

Property acquisitions in 2004 and 2003 accounted for $2.7 million (60%) of the $4.5 million increase in property operating expenses in 2004. Core property operating expenses increased $1.8 million as a result of higher utility costs due largely to rate increases and an increase in the Montgomery County, MD energy tax, increased security related expenditures and higher repairs and maintenance costs. Real estate taxes increased $2.2 million due primarily to property acquisitions, which accounted for $1.7 million (77%) of the increase. The remainder of the increase in real estate taxes was due primarily to higher value assessments among our core properties.

 

Other Operating Expenses

 

Other operating expenses are summarized as follows (all data in thousands except percentage amounts):

 

     2005

   2004

   2003

   2005 vs
2004


   %
Change


    2004 vs
2003


   %
Change


 

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 47,161    $ 39,309    $ 33,490    $ 7,852    20.0 %   $ 5,819    17.4 %

Interest expense

     37,743      34,500      30,040      3,243    9.4 %     4,460    14.8 %

General and administrative

     8,005      6,194      5,275      1,811    29.2 %     919    17.4 %
    

  

  

  

  

 

  

     $ 92,909    $ 80,003    $ 68,805    $ 12,906    16.1 %   $ 11,198    16.3 %
    

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

The $7.9 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense in 2005 relative to 2004 was due substantially to acquisitions of $145.1 million and $84.0 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense attributable to 2005 and 2004 acquisitions combined was $5.1 million or 64.7% of the total $7.9 million increase.

 

23


The $5.8 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense in 2004 as compared to 2003 was due primarily to acquisition activity in both years. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense attributable to 2004 and 2003 acquisitions combined was $4.9 million (84%) of the total $5.8 million increase, due to the $84.0 million and $174.4 million acquisitions in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Interest expense

 

The $3.2 million increase in interest expense in 2005 as compared to 2004 was primarily due to (1) the issuance in April 2005 of $50.0 million of 5.05% senior unsecured notes due May 1, 2012 and $50.0 million of 5.35% senior unsecured notes due May 1, 2015 and in October 2005, the issuance of an additional $100.0 million of notes of the series of 5.35% senior unsecured notes due May 1, 2015, (2) the increase in short-term borrowing on our lines of credit to fund acquisitions and (3) the mortgage assumption of $24.3 million (fair value of $25.0 million) in March 2005 for the acquisition of Frederick Crossing Shopping Center. The increase to interest expense as a result of this activity ($7.5 million) was partially offset by lower interest expense of $3.9 million due to repayment of $55.0 million of 7.78% unsecured notes in November 2004, and higher capitalized interest on development projects of $0.4 million.

 

The $4.5 million increase in interest expense in 2004 as compared to 2003 was primarily due to (1) the issuance of $100.0 million in 5.25% unsecured notes in December 2003 to refinance short-term borrowings used to fund a portion of the 1776 G Street and Prosperity Medical Center acquisitions, (2) the issuance of $60.0 million in 5.125% unsecured notes in March 2003, (3) the assumption of $49.8 million in mortgages in October 2003 for the acquisition of Prosperity Medical Center and (4) the assumption of $29.6 million in mortgages in 2004 for the acquisitions of Shady Grove Medical Village II and Dulles Business Park. The increase to interest expense as a result of this activity ($7.7 million) was partially offset by lower interest expense of $2.2 million due to the payoff of $50.0 million of 7.125% unsecured notes in August 2003 and $0.5 million due to the repayment of $55.0 million of 7.78% unsecured notes in November 2004, and higher capitalized interest on development projects of $0.4 million.

 

A summary of interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 appears below (in millions):

 

Debt Type


   2005

    2004

    2003

   

2005 vs.

2004


    2004 vs.
2003


 

Notes payable

   $ 25.5     $ 24.5     $ 21.4     $ 1.0     $ 3.1  

Mortgages

     11.2       9.7       7.4       1.5       2.3  

Lines of credit/short-term note payable

     2.1       1.0       1.5       1.1       (0.5 )

Capitalized interest

     (1.1 )     (0.7 )     (0.3 )     (0.4 )     (0.4 )
    


 


 


 


 


Total

   $ 37.7     $ 34.5     $ 30.0     $ 3.2     $ 4.5  
    


 


 


 


 


 

General and administrative expense

 

The $1.8 million increase in general and administrative expense in 2005 was due to increased salary costs for the addition of the Chief Investment Officer and other staff related to the growth of our portfolio. Benefits expense also increased as a result of both this staffing and benefit rate increases. This was somewhat offset by decreases in reduced depreciation, software maintenance and internal audit costs.

 

The $0.9 million increase in general and administrative expense in 2004 from 2003 was due primarily to increased internal and external audit costs related to Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404, which requires management to report on the company’s internal control over financial reporting, an increase in long-term equity incentive compensation based on share grants issued in 2003 and 2004 under our long-term incentive plan and increased salary expense due to staffing increases, partially offset by lower short-term (cash) incentive compensation.

 

24


Discontinued Operations

 

We dispose of assets (sometimes using tax-deferred exchanges) that are inconsistent with our long-term strategic or return objectives and where market conditions for sale are favorable. The proceeds from the sales are reinvested into other properties, used to fund development operations or to support other corporate needs, or distributed to our shareholders.

 

On February 1, 2005 we sold three office buildings, 7700 Leesburg, Tycon Plaza II, Tycon Plaza III and certain development rights and approvals related to Tycon Plaza II for a sale price of $67.5 million with a gain on the sale of $32.1 million. $31.3 million of the proceeds from the disposition were escrowed in a tax-free property exchange account and subsequently used to fund a portion of the purchase price of Frederick Crossing Shopping Center on March 23, 2005 and the Coleman Building on April 8, 2005. $31.0 million of the proceeds were used to pay down $31.0 million outstanding under Credit Facility No. 2.

 

On September 8, 2005 the Pepsi Distribution Center, an industrial property, was sold for $6.0 million for a gain of $3.0 million. Proceeds of $5.8 million were escrowed in a tax-free exchange account. Discontinued operations for 2005 consist of the properties sold in February and September 2005. For 2004, discontinued operations include those same properties and 8230 Boone Boulevard, which was sold on November 15, 2004. There was a gain of $1.9 million recognized in 2005 that had been previously deferred from the sale of Boone Boulevard.

 

On November 15, 2004, we sold 8230 Boone Boulevard for a sale price of $10.0 million. A portion of the proceeds was in the form of a subordinated $1.8 million 10% note receivable from the seller, which matured in November 2005. We recognized a gain on disposal of $1.0 million and offset the $1.8 million note from the buyer with a deferred gain liability in the same amount, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 66, “Accounting for Sales of Real Estate.” SFAS 66 limits gain recognition when the seller’s note is subject to future subordination to the amount by which the buyer’s cash payments at settlement exceed the seller’s cost of the property sold. The deferred gain was recognized in April, 2005.

 

Also in November 2004 we concluded that 7700 Leesburg, Tycon Plaza II, Tycon Plaza III and certain development rights and approvals related to Tycon Plaza III met the criteria specified by SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” necessary to classify these properties as held for sale. Senior management had committed to, and actively embarked upon, a plan to sell the assets and the sale was expected to be completed within one year under terms usual and customary for such sales, with no indication that the plan would be significantly altered or abandoned. Depreciation on these properties was discontinued at that time, but operating revenues and other operating expenses continued to be recognized until the date of sale. Under SFAS No. 144 revenues and expenses of properties that are classified as held for sale or sold are treated as discontinued operations for all periods presented in the Statements of Income.

 

Operating results of the properties classified as discontinued operations are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Revenues

   $ 656     $ 8,895     $ 9,829  

Property expenses

     (401 )     (3,217 )     (3,235 )

Depreciation and amortization

     (71 )     (1,784 )     (2,265 )
    


 


 


     $ 184     $ 3,894     $ 4,329  
    


 


 


 

Net operations of properties sold or held for sale decreased $3.7 million for 2005 compared to 2004 and $0.4 million for 2004 compared to 2003. Both decreases were due primarily to the timing of the property sales within each year.

 

Net Operating Income

 

Real estate Net Operating Income (“NOI”), defined as real estate rental revenue less real estate operating expenses, is the primary performance measure we use to assess the results of our operations at the property level. We provide

 

25


NOI as a supplement to net income calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). NOI does not represent net income calculated in accordance with GAAP. As such, it should not be considered an alternative to net income as an indication of our operating performance. NOI is calculated as net income, less non-real estate (“other”) revenue and the results of discontinued operations (including the gain on sale, if any), plus interest expense, depreciation and amortization and general and administrative expenses. A reconciliation of NOI to net income is provided on the following page.

 

2005 Compared to 2004

 

The following tables of selected operating data provide the basis for our discussion of NOI in 2005 compared to 2004. All amounts are in thousands except percentage amounts.

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    $ Change

   % Change

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue

                             

Core

   $ 173,963     $ 169,595     $ 4,368    2.6 %

Non-core (1)

     16,083       2,051       14,032    684.2 %
    


 


 

  

Total Real Estate Rental Revenue

   $ 190,046     $ 171,646     $ 18,400    10.7 %

Real Estate Expenses

                             

Core

   $ 54,429     $ 50,890     $ 3,539    7.0 %

Non-core (1)

     3,687       438       3,249    741.8 %
    


 


 

  

Total Real Estate Expenses

   $ 58,116     $ 51,328     $ 6,788    13.2 %

Net Operating Income

                             

Core

   $ 119,534     $ 118,705     $ 829    0.7 %

Non-core (1)

     12,396       1,613       10,783    668.5 %
    


 


 

  

Total Net Operating Income

   $ 131,930     $ 120,318     $ 11,612    9.7 %
    


 


 

  

Reconciliation to Net Income

                             

NOI

   $ 131,930     $ 120,318               

Other revenue

     918       326               

Other income from property settlement

     504       —                 

Interest expense

     (37,743 )     (34,500 )             

Depreciation and amortization

     (47,161 )     (39,309 )             

General and administrative expenses

     (8,005 )     (6,194 )             

Discontinued operations (2)

     184       3,894               

Gain on Disposal

     37,011       1,029               
    


 


            

Net Income

   $ 77,638     $ 45,564               
    


 


            

 

Economic Occupancy


   2005

    2004

             

Core

   91.9 %   91.4 %            

Non-core (1)

   97.4 %   97.8 %            
    

 

           

Total

   92.4 %   91.4 %            
    

 

           

(1) Non-core properties include:

 

2005 acquisitions—Frederick Crossing, Coleman Building and Albemarle Point

 

2004 acquisitions—Shady Grove Medical Village II, 8301 Arlington Boulevard, 8880 Gorman Road and Dulles Business Park

 

(2) Discontinued operations include gain on disposals and income from operations for:

 

2005 disposals—Tycon Plaza II, Tycon Plaza III, 7700 Leesburg Pike and the Pepsi Distribution Center

 

2004 disposal—8230 Boone Boulevard

 

26


We recognized NOI of $131.9 million in 2005, which was $11.6 million (9.7%) greater than in 2004 due largely to our acquisitions of one Office building, two Medical Office buildings, one Retail property and four Industrial properties in 2004 and 2005, which added approximately 1,173,000 square feet of net rentable space. Acquired properties contributed $12.4 million in NOI in 2005 (9.4% of total NOI), a $10.8 million increase over 2004. Rental operations at 718 Jefferson Street ceased in the third quarter of 2004 as the property was incorporated into the South Washington Street development project.

 

Core properties experienced a $0.8 million (0.7%) increase in NOI due to a $4.4 million increase in revenues offset by a $3.5 million increase in real estate expenses. The increase in core expenses was driven by the Industrial, Office and Multifamily sectors, which contributed $0.5, $1.2 and $1.2 million, respectively, in additional expense as a result of higher utilities, repairs and maintenance, operating services, and real estate taxes. Revenue was positively impacted by improvements in all lines of business except the Office sector due to lower occupancy and reduced rental rates. Higher occupancy and rental rate increases in the Industrial, Medical Office, Retail and Multifamily sectors and higher expense recoveries in the Retail and Industrial sectors positively impacted those respective lines of business.

 

Overall economic occupancy increased from 91.4% in 2004 to 92.4% in 2005 due to higher core occupancy, higher occupancy in our acquired office property and 100% occupancy in our acquired retail property. Core economic occupancy increased 50 basis points due to increases in every sector except the Office sector. During 2005, 70.2% of the square footage expiring was renewed as compared to 65.9% in 2004 and 1,720,000 square feet were leased at an average rental rate increase of 8.7%

 

An analysis of NOI by sector follows.

 

Office Sector

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005

   2004

   $ Change

    % Change

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue

                            

Core

   $ 76,055    $ 77,070    $ (1,015 )   (1.3 %)

Non-core (1)

     921      —        921     100 %
    

  

  


 

Total Real Estate Rental Revenue

   $ 76,976    $ 77,070    $ (94 )   (0.1 %)

Real Estate Expenses

                            

Core

   $ 26,015    $ 24,835    $ 1,180     4.8 %

Non-core (1)

     262      —        262     100 %
    

  

  


 

Total Real Estate Expenses

   $ 26,277    $ 24,835    $ 1,442     5.8 %

Net Operating Income

                            

Core

   $ 50,040    $ 52,235    $ (2,195 )   (4.2 %)

Non-core (1)

     659      —        659     100 %
    

  

  


 

Total Net Operating Income

   $ 50,699    $ 52,235    $ (1,536 )   (2.9 %)
    

  

  


 

 

Economic Occupancy


   2005

    2004

          

Core

   88.1 %   89.2 %         

Non-core (1)

   90.1 %   —             
    

 

        

Total

   88.1 %   89.2 %         
    

 

        

(1) Non-core properties include:

 

2005 acquisitions—Albemarle Point Office Building

 

(2) Discontinued operations include gain on disposals and income from operations for:

 

2005 disposals—Tycon Plaza II, Tycon Plaza III, 7700 Leesburg Pike

 

2004 disposal—8230 Boone Boulevard

 

27


The Office sector recognized NOI of $50.7 million (2.9%) lower than in 2004 due primarily to the $2.2 million reduction in Core NOI. The property acquired in 2005 contributed $0.7 million (1.3% of total) to NOI.

 

Core Office properties experienced a $2.2 million (4.2%) decrease in NOI due to a $1.0 million decline in revenues combined with a $1.2 million increase in core real estate expenses. Revenue was impacted by lower minimum base rent of $0.6 million due primarily to higher vacancies and a decrease in rental rates, higher bad debt expense of $0.3 million and lower lease termination fee income of $0.1 million. The increase in real estate expenses was due to higher utility costs driven by escalating fuel rates and energy taxes, additional real estate tax expense due to higher value assessments for properties across several tax jurisdictions and increased repairs and maintenance costs.

 

Core economic occupancy declined 110 basis points due to vacancies at Maryland Trade Center I, 6110 Executive Boulevard, Saratoga, Lexington, and 515 King Street. Overall economic occupancy decreased from 89.2% to 88.1%.

 

During 2005, 65.1% of the square footage that expired was renewed compared to 50.5% in 2004, excluding properties sold or classified as held for sale. During 2005, we executed new leases for 711,700 square feet of Office space at an average rent increase of 3.8%.

 

Medical Office Sector

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue

                           

Core

   $ 14,787    $ 14,016    $ 771    5.5 %

Non-core (1)

     3,237      1,034      2,203    213.1 %
    

  

  

  

Total Real Estate Rental Revenue

   $ 18,024    $ 15,050    $ 2,974    19.8 %

Real Estate Expenses

                           

Core

   $ 3,686    $ 3,400    $ 286    8.4 %

Non-core (1)

     964      286      678    237.1 %
    

  

  

  

Total Real Estate Expenses

   $ 4,650    $ 3,686    $ 964    26.2 %

Net Operating Income

                           

Core

   $ 11,101    $ 10,616    $ 485    4.6 %

Non-core (1)

     2,273      748      1,525    203.9 %
    

  

  

  

Total Net Operating Income

   $ 13,374    $ 11,364    $ 2,010    17.7 %
    

  

  

  

 

Economic Occupancy


     2005

     2004

            

Core

     99.3 %    98.4 %           

Non-core (1)

     94.5 %    96.3 %           
      

  

          

Total

     98.4 %    98.2 %           
      

  

          

(1) Non-core properties include:

 

2004 acquisitions—Shady Grove Medical Village II and 8301 Arlington Boulevard

 

28


The Medical Office Sector NOI increased from $11.4 million in 2004 to $13.4 million in 2005, an increase of $2.0 million or 17.7%. This was substantially due to the acquisitions made in 2004 which contributed $2.3 to the NOI and added approximately 116,000 net rentable square feet to the portfolio.

 

Core Medical Office property NOI increased $0.5 million with a $0.8 million revenue increase offset somewhat by a $0.3 million increase in real estate expenses. Revenues for core properties were positively impacted by increased occupancy and rental rates as well as increased expense reimbursements from tenants. Expenses increased due to higher utility costs and real estate taxes. Core occupancy increased 90 basis points as vacancies decreased at Woodburn II.

 

During 2005, 74.7% of the square footage that expired was renewed compared to 100% in 2004. During 2005, we executed new leases for 40,000 square feet of Medical Office space at an average rent increase of 11.2%.

 

Retail Sector

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue

                           

Core

   $ 28,425    $ 27,243    $ 1,182    4.3 %

Non-core (1)

     3,482      —        3,482    100 %
    

  

  

  

Total Real Estate Rental Revenue

   $ 31,907    $ 27,243    $ 4,664    17.1 %

Real Estate Expenses

                           

Core

   $ 6,296    $ 5,899    $ 397    6.7 %

Non-core (1)

     582      —        582    100 %
    

  

  

  

Total Real Estate Expenses

   $ 6,878    $ 5,899    $ 979    16.6 %

Net Operating Income

                           

Core

   $ 22,129    $ 21,344    $ 785    3.7 %

Non-core (1)

     2,900      —        2,900    100 %
    

  

  

  

Total Net Operating Income

   $ 25,029    $ 21,344    $ 3,685    17.3 %
    

  

  

  

 

Economic Occupancy


   2005

    2004

         

Core

   97.3 %   94.8 %        

Non-core (1)

   100.0 %   —            
    

 

       

Total

   97.6 %   94.8 %        
    

 

       

(1) Non-core properties include:

 

2005 acquisition—Frederick Crossing

 

29


Retail sector NOI increased $3.7 million (17.3%) in 2005 due to the 2005 acquisition which contributed $2.9 million to NOI and a $0.8 million increase in NOI from core properties. The acquisition NOI was $2.9 million (11.6%) of the total. The core revenue increase was due to rental rate growth of 1.5% driven by escalating market rates, higher common area maintenance and real estate tax recoveries and higher occupancy. Rental operations at 718 Jefferson Street ceased in the third quarter of 2004 as the property was incorporated into the South Washington Street development project.

 

Overall economic occupancy for the Retail sector increased approximately 250 basis points primarily as a result of the completion of the renovation at Westminster for a national grocery store chain, which took possession in November 2004. During 2005, our retention rate was 95.3% compared to 77.4% in 2004 and we executed new leases for 180,700 square feet of retail space at an average rent increase of 28.6%.

 

Multifamily Sector

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue

                           

Core/Total

   $ 30,529    $ 28,858    $ 1,671    5.8 %

Real Estate Expenses

                           

Core/Total

     12,816      11,637      1,179    10.1 %

Net Operating Income

                           
    

  

  

  

Core/Total

   $ 17,713    $ 17,221    $ 492    2.9 %
    

  

  

  

 

Economic Occupancy


     2005

     2004

 

Core/Total

     93.2 %    90.5 %
      

  

 

Multifamily NOI increased $0.5 million (2.9%) as compared to 2004 as a result of a $1.7 million increase in revenue offset somewhat by a $1.2 million increase in expenses. The revenue increase was driven by an increase in minimum base rent and increases in occupancy throughout most of the portfolio. Occupancy for the overall portfolio increased 270 basis points compared to 2004. Revenue was additionally impacted by increased rent abatements, the result of efforts to improve leasing activity across the portfolio. Real estate expenses increased $1.2 million due primarily to higher administrative costs related to property-level leasing and maintenance positions and increased marketing costs, higher repairs and maintenance expense and increased utility expense related to higher fuel costs.

 

30


Industrial Sector

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue

                           

Core

   $ 24,167    $ 22,408    $ 1,759    7.8 %

Non-core (1)

     8,443      1,017      7,426    730.2 %
    

  

  

  

Total Real Estate Rental Revenue

   $ 32,610    $ 23,425    $ 9,185    39.2 %

Real Estate Expenses

                           

Core

   $ 5,616    $ 5,119    $ 497    42.4 %

Non-core (1)

     1,879      152      1,727    1136.2 %
    

  

  

  

Total Real Estate Expenses

   $ 7,495    $ 5,271    $ 2,224    42.4 %

Net Operating Income

                           

Core

   $ 18,551    $ 17,289    $ 1,262    7.3 %

Non-core (1)

     6,564      865      5,699    658.8 %
    

  

  

  

Total Net Operating Income

   $ 25,115    $ 18,154    $ 6,961    38.3 %
    

  

  

  

 

Economic Occupancy


     2005

     2004

             

Core

     93.0 %    92.4 %            

Non-core (1)

     98.6 %    99.5 %            
      

  

           

Total

     94.5 %    92.7 %            
      

  

           

(1) Non-core properties include:

 

2005 acquisitions—Coleman Building and Albemarle Point Industrial Buildings

 

2004 acquisitions—8880 Gorman Road and Dulles Business Park

 

(2) Discontinued operations include gain on disposal and income from operations for:

 

2005 disposal—Pepsi Distribution Center

 

Industrial sector NOI increased $7.0 million (38.3%) over 2004 due to the acquisitions of 8880 Gorman Road and Dulles Business Park in 2004 and the acquisition of the Coleman Building and the Albemarle Point Industrial Buildings in 2005. These acquisitions contributed $6.6 million in NOI, 26.1% of the total NOI.

 

Core properties experienced a $1.3 million (7.3%) increase in NOI due to a $1.8 million increase in real estate revenues, while real estate expenses increased only $0.5 million. The revenue increase was driven by a 60 basis point growth in occupancy due to increased leasing activity, particularly at Ammendale Technology Park II, Earhart and Northern Virginia Industrial Park. Revenue was also positively impacted by higher lease termination fees and reimbursements for common area maintenance and real estate taxes ($0.5 million combined) and a 4.4% increase in rental rates.

 

We executed new leases for 787,500 square feet of Industrial space at an average rent increase of 12.2%.

 

31


2004 Compared to 2003

 

The following tables of selected operating data provide the basis for our discussion of NOI in 2004 compared to 2003. All amounts are in thousands except percentage amounts.

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    $ Change

    % Change

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue

                              

Core

   $ 148,250     $ 146,250     $ 2,000     1.4 %

Non-core (1)

     23,396       7,326       16,070     219.4 %
    


 


 


 

Total Real Estate Rental Revenue

   $ 171,646     $ 153,576     $ 18,070     11.8 %

Real Estate Expenses

                              

Core

   $ 45,053     $ 42,713     $ 2,340     5.5 %

Non-core (1)

     6,275       1,914       4,361     227.8 %
    


 


 


 

Total Real Estate Expenses

   $ 51,328     $ 44,627     $ 6,701     15.0 %

Net Operating Income

                              

Core

   $ 103,197     $ 103,537     $ (340 )   (1.3 %)

Non-core (1)

     17,121       5,412       11,709     216.4 %
    


 


 


 

Total Net Operating Income

   $ 120,318     $ 108,949     $ 11,369     10.4 %
    


 


 


 

Reconciliation to Net Income

                              

NOI

   $ 120,318     $ 108,949                

Other revenue

     326       414                

Interest expense

     (34,500 )     (30,040 )              

Depreciation and amortization

     (39,309 )     (33,490 )              

General and administrative expenses

     (6,194 )     (5,275 )              

Discontinued operations (2)

     4,923       4,329                
    


 


             

Net income

   $ 45,564     $ 44,887                
    


 


             

 

Economic Occupancy


     2004

       2003

            

Core

     90.1 %      90.4 %           

Non-core (1)

     98.9 %      93.8 %           
      

    

          

Total

     91.4 %      90.6 %           
      

    

          

(1) Non-core properties include:

 

2004 acquisitions—8880 Gorman Road, Shady Grove Medical Village II, 8301 Arlington Boulevard and Dulles Business Park

 

2003 acquisitions—1776 G Street, Prosperity Medical Center I, Prosperity Medical Center II, Prosperity Medical Center III, 718 Jefferson Street and Fullerton Industrial.

 

(2) Discontinued operations include the gain on disposals and income from operations for:

 

2005 disposals—7700 Leesburg Pike, Tycon II, Tycon III and the Pepsi Distribution Center

 

2004 disposal—8230 Boone Boulevard

 

NOI was $11.4 million (10.4%) greater than in 2003 due largely to our acquisitions of one Office building, five Medical Office buildings, one Retail property and three Industrial properties in 2003 and 2004, which added 1,181,000 square feet of net rentable space. These acquired properties contributed $17.1 million in NOI in 2004 (14.2% of total NOI) and $5.4 million in NOI in 2003 (5.0% of total NOI). 718 Jefferson Street was acquired in connection with our development projects at South Washington Street.

 

32


Core property NOI was flat due to a $2.0 million increase in revenues offset by a $2.3 million increase in real estate expenses. The revenue increase was driven by higher revenue in the Retail, Multifamily and Industrial sectors due to higher minimum base rent and increased rental rates. The increase in core expenses was driven by the Office and Multifamily sectors which contributed $1.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively, to the increase as a result of higher utilities, property administrative costs, common area maintenance and operating services and supplies. Overall economic occupancy increased from 90.6% in 2003 to 91.4% in 2004. The decrease in core economic occupancy was due to higher vacancies in every sector except Industrial which increased due to greater leasing activity. During 2004, the retention rate on our commercial properties (Office, Medical Office, Retail and Industrial sectors) was 63.1% compared to 72.3% in 2003.

 

An analysis of NOI by sector follows.

 

Office Sector

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2004

   2003

   $ Change

    % Change

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue

                            

Core

   $ 65,980    $ 66,184    $ (204 )   (0.3 %)

Non-core (1)

     11,090      4,123      6,967     169.0 %
    

  

  


 

Total Real Estate Rental Revenue

   $ 77,070    $ 70,307    $ 6,763     9.6 %

Real Estate Expenses

                            

Core

   $ 21,432    $ 19,981    $ 1,451     7.3 %

Non-core (1)

     3,403      1,210      2,193     181.2 %
    

  

  


 

Total Real Estate Expenses

   $ 24,835    $ 21,191    $ 3,644     17.2 %

Net Operating Income

                            

Core

   $ 44,548    $ 46,203    $ (1,655 )   (3.6 %)

Non-core (1)

     7,687      2,913      4,774     163.9 %
    

  

  


 

Total Net Operating Income

   $ 52,235    $ 49,116    $ 3,119     6.4 %
    

  

  


 

 

Economic Occupancy


   2004

       2003

            

Core

   87.6 %      88.8 %           

Non-core (1)

   100.0 %      90.1 %           
    

    

          

Total

   89.2 %      88.9 %           
    

    

          

(1) Non-core properties include:

 

2003 acquisitions—1776 G Street

 

(2) Discontinued operations include gain on disposal and income from operation for:

 

2005 disposals—7700 Leesburg Pike, Tycon II and Tycon III

 

2004 disposal—8230 Boone Boulevard

 

33


Office NOI was $3.1 million (6.4%) higher than in 2003 due primarily to WRIT’s acquisition of 1776 G Street in August 2003 which contributed $7.7 million in NOI.

 

Core Office properties experienced a $1.7 million (3.6%) decrease in NOI due to a $0.2 million decrease in revenues, while core real estate expenses increased $1.5 million. The revenue decline was due to a 120 basis point drop in occupancy and expenses increased due to higher utility costs, additional real estate tax expense due to higher value assessments for properties across several tax jurisdictions, increased repairs and maintenance costs and additional security related expenditures.

 

Overall occupancy for the Office sector increased to 89.2% from 88.9%. Core occupancy decreased to 87.6% from 88.8%. This was driven primarily by increased vacancy at Maryland Trade Center I and II, 7900 Westpark and the Tyson’s Corner properties sold in early 2005, offset somewhat by the decreased vacancy at 1700 Research Boulevard. The increase in non-core occupancy from 90.1% to 100.0% reflects the 100.0% occupancy at 1776 G Street acquired in 2003.

 

During 2004 we executed new leases for 668,900 square feet of Office space at an average rent increase of 1.3%.

 

Medical Office Sector

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2004

   2003

   $ Change

    % Change

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue

                            

Core

   $ 5,097    $ 5,084    $ 13     0.3 %

Non-core (1)

     9,953      1,947      8,006     411.2 %
    

  

  


 

Total Real Estate Rental Revenue

   $ 15,050    $ 7,031    $ 8,019     114.1 %

Real Estate Expenses

                            

Core

   $ 1,259    $ 1,217    $ 42     3.5 %

Non-core (1)

     2,427      411      2,016     490.5 %
    

  

  


 

Total Real Estate Expenses

   $ 3,686    $ 1,628    $ 2,058     126.4 %

Net Operating Income

                            

Core

   $ 3,838    $ 3,867    $ (29 )   (0.7 %)

Non-core (1)

     7,526      1,536      5,990     390.0 %
    

  

  


 

Total Net Operating Income

   $ 11,364    $ 5,403    $ 5,961     100.3 %
    

  

  


 

 

Economic Occupancy


     2004

     2003

            

Core

     96.4 %    97.3 %           

Non-core (1)

     99.3 %    97.7 %           
      

  

          

Total

     98.2 %    97.4 %           
      

  

          

(1) Non-core properties include:

 

2004 acquisitions—Shady Grove Medical Village II and 8301 Arlington Boulevard

 

2003 acquisition—Prosperity Medical Center I, Prosperity Medical Center II, Prosperity Medical Center III

 

34


Medical Office NOI increased $6.0 million (100.3%) due to the three acquisitions in October 2003 and the two acquisitions in the second half of 2004. The five acquisitions combined added 371,000 of net rentable square feet to the Medical Office portfolio. The Core property NOI was flat due to slight increases in both rental revenue and real estate expenses.

 

Overall occupancy increased 80 basis points to 98.2% in 2004 from 97.4% in 2003 due to the 99.3% occupancy of the properties acquired in 2003 and 2004. Core occupancy decreased by 90 basis points from 97.3% in 2003 to 96.4% in 2004 due to increased vacancy at Woodburn I.

 

Retail Sector

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2004

   2003

   $ Change

    % Change

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue

                            

Core

   $ 27,222    $ 26,450    $ 772     2.9 %

Non-core (1)

     21      24      (3 )   (12.5 %)
    

  

  


 

Total Real Estate Rental Revenue

   $ 27,243    $ 26,474    $ 769     2.9 %

Real Estate Expenses

                            

Core

   $ 5,888    $ 5,910    $ (22 )   (0.4 %)

Non-core (1)

     11      11      —       —    
    

  

  


 

Total Real Estate Expenses

   $ 5,899    $ 5,921    $ (22 )   (0.4 %)

Net Operating Income

                            

Core

   $ 21,334    $ 20,540    $ 794     3.9 %

Non-core (1)

     10      13      (3 )   (23.1 %)
    

  

  


 

Total Net Operating Income

   $ 21,344    $ 20,553    $ 791     3.8 %
    

  

  


 

 

Economic Occupancy


     2004

     2003

            

Core

     94.6 %    95.8 %           

Non-core (1)

     95.9 %    96.4 %           
      

  

          

Total

     94.8 %    96.0 %           
      

  

          

(1) Non-core properties include:

 

2003 acquisitions—718 Jefferson Street

 

Retail sector NOI increased $0.8 million (3.8%) in 2004 due to a $0.8 million increase in revenue from core properties. The core revenue increase was due to rental rate growth of 2.4% ($0.6 million) driven by escalating market rates, higher common area maintenance and real estate tax recoveries of $0.4 million and lower bad debt expense, offset slightly by higher vacancy. Rental operations at 718 Jefferson Street ceased in the third quarter of 2004 as the property was incorporated into the South Washington Street development project.

 

Both core and overall economic occupancy for the Retail sector declined approximately 120 basis points primarily as a result of the renovation at Westminster for a regional grocery store chain, which took possession in November 2004. The 2004 retention rate of 77.4% was lower than the past year because of the intentional termination of a large tenant at Foxchase in preparation for the center’s planned renovation. The City Council of Alexandria, VA approved our renovation plans in February 2005, the project is underway and we expect the project to be completed in late 2006.

 

35


During 2004, we executed new leases for 278,800 square feet of retail space at an average rent increase of 31.3%.

 

Multifamily Sector

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2004

   2003

   $ Change

    % Change

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue

                            

Core/Total

   $ 28,858    $ 28,266    $ 592     2.1 %

Real Estate Expenses

                            

Core/Total

     11,637      10,860      777     7.2 %

Net Operating Income

                            
    

  

  


 

Core/Total

   $ 17,221    $ 17,406    $ (185 )   (1.1 %)
    

  

  


 

 

Economic Occupancy


     2004

       2003

            

Core/Total

     90.5 %      90.8 %           

 

Multifamily NOI declined $0.2 million (1.1%) as compared to 2003 as a result of a $0.6 million increase in revenue offset by a $0.8 million increase in expenses. The revenue increase was driven by an increase in minimum base rent that was generally portfolio-wide, but driven by the addition of 16 garden-style apartment units at Walker House in October 2003 and higher rates on the 51 renovated units at The Ashby at McLean, 47 of which were leased as of December 31, 2004. The exception was Bethesda Hill, which experienced significantly lower occupancy as compared to 2003, and no increase in rental rates. Occupancy for the overall portfolio was relatively flat compared to 2003. Revenue was additionally impacted by increased rent abatements, in an effort to improve leasing activity across the portfolio. Real estate expenses increased $0.8 million due primarily to higher administrative costs related to property-level leasing and maintenance positions and increased marketing costs, higher repairs and maintenance expense and increased utility expense related to higher fuel costs.

 

36


Industrial Sector

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2004

   2003

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Real Estate Rental Revenue

                           

Core

   $ 21,093    $ 20,266    $ 827    4,1 %

Non-core (1)

     2,332      1,232      1,100    89.3 %
    

  

  

  

Total Real Estate Rental Revenue

   $ 23,425    $ 21,498    $ 1,927    9.0 %

Real Estate Expenses

                           

Core

   $ 4,837    $ 4,745    $ 92    1.9 %

Non-core (1)

     434      282      152    53.9 %
    

  

  

  

Total Real Estate Expenses

   $ 5,271    $ 5,027    $ 244    4..9 %

Net Operating Income

                           

Core

   $ 16,256    $ 15,521    $ 735    4.7 %

Non-core (1)

     1,898      950      948    99.8 %
    

  

  

  

Total Net Operating Income

   $ 18,154    $ 16,471    $ 1,683    10.2 %
    

  

  

  

 

Economic Occupancy


   2004

     2003

          

Core

   92.3 %    87.9 %         

Non-core (1)

   97.8 %    89.1 %         
    

  

        

Total

   92.7 %    87.9 %         
    

  

        

(1) Non-core properties include:

 

2004 acquisitions—8880 Gorman Road and Dulles Business Park

 

2003 acquisition—Fullerton Industrial

 

(2) Discontinued operations include: the gain on disposals and income from operations for:

 

2005 disposal—Pepsi Distribution Center

 

Industrial sector NOI increased $1.7 million (10.2%) over 2003 due to the acquisitions of Fullerton Industrial Center in 2003 and 8880 Gorman Road and Dulles Business Park in 2004. These acquisitions contributed $1.9 million in NOI, a 99.8% increase over 2003 NOI from non-core properties. The 870 basis point increase in non-core occupancy was driven by properties acquired in 2004, which had a combined occupancy of 99.5% during the year.

 

Core properties experienced a $0.7 million (4.7%) increase in NOI due to a $0.8 million increase in real estate revenues, while real estate expenses remained relatively flat at $4.8 million. The revenue increase was driven by a 440 basis point increase in occupancy due to leasing activity beginning in the second half of 2003 through the third quarter of 2004, particularly at Ammendale Technology Park II, Earhart and Northern Virginia Industrial Park. Revenue was also positively impacted by higher recoveries of common area expense and real estate taxes ($0.3 million combined), partially offset by a 1.1% decline in rental rates.

 

During 2004, retention in the Industrial portfolio was 82% compared to 71% in 2003. We executed new leases for 759,000 square feet of Industrial space at an average rent increase of 9.4%.

 

37


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

General

 

Our primary sources of liquidity are our real estate operations and our unsecured credit facilities, in addition to the capital markets. As of December 31, 2005, we had approximately $4.9 million in cash and cash equivalents and $129.0 million available for borrowing under our unsecured credit facilities excluding letters of credit. We derive substantially all of our revenue from tenants under leases at our properties. Our operating cash flow therefore depends materially on our ability to lease our properties to tenants, the rents that we are able to charge to our tenants, and the ability of these tenants to make their rental payments.

 

Our primary uses of cash are to fund distributions to shareholders, to fund capital investments in our existing portfolio of operating assets, to fund new acquisitions, redevelopment and ground-up development activities and to fund operating and administrative expenses. As a REIT, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our taxable income to our shareholders on an annual basis. We also regularly require capital to invest in our existing portfolio of operating assets in connection with large-scale renovations, routine capital improvements, deferred maintenance on properties we have recently acquired, and our leasing activities, including funding tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions. The amounts of the leasing-related expenditures can vary significantly depending on negotiations with tenants and the current competitive leasing environment.

 

During 2006, we expect that we will have significant capital requirements, including the following items. There can be no assurance that our capital requirements will not be materially higher or lower than these expectations.

 

    Funding dividends on our common shares and minority interest distributions to third party unit holders;

 

    Approximately $39.4 million to invest in our existing portfolio of operating assets, including approximately $10.4 million to fund tenant-related capital requirements and leasing commissions;

 

    Approximately $82.0 million to invest in our development projects;

 

    Approximately $118.0 million to fund our expected property acquisitions;

 

We expect to meet our capital requirements using cash generated by our real estate operations, borrowings on our unsecured credit facilities, additional debt or equity capital raised in the public markets, asset dispositions or funding acquisitions of properties through property-specific mortgage debt.

 

We believe that we will generate sufficient cash flow from operations and have access to the capital resources necessary to fund our requirements. However, as a result of general, greater Washington/Baltimore regional, or tenant economic downturns, unfavorable fluctuations in interest rates or our stock price, unfavorable changes in the supply of competing properties, or our properties not performing as expected, we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise have access to capital on favorable terms, or at all. If we are unable to obtain capital from other sources, we may not be able to pay the dividend required to maintain our status as a REIT, make required principal and interest payments, make strategic acquisitions or make necessary routine capital improvements or undertake re-development opportunities with respect to our existing portfolio of operating assets. In addition, if a property is mortgaged to secure payment of indebtedness and we are unable to meet mortgage payments, the holder of the mortgage could foreclose on the property, resulting in loss of income and asset value.

 

If principal amounts due at maturity cannot be refinanced, extended or paid with proceeds of other capital transactions, such as new equity capital, our cash flow may be insufficient to repay all maturing debt. Prevailing interest rates or other factors at the time of a refinancing (such as possible reluctance of lenders to make commercial real estate loans) may result in higher interest rates and increased interest expense.

 

Capital Structure

 

We manage our capital structure to reflect a long-term investment approach, generally seeking to match the cash flow of our assets with a mix of equity and various debt instruments. We expect that our capital structure will

 

38


allow us to obtain additional capital from diverse sources that could include additional equity offerings of common shares, public and private debt financings and possible asset dispositions. Our ability to raise funds through the sale of debt and equity securities is dependent on, among other things, general economic conditions, general market conditions for REITs, our operating performance, our debt rating and the current trading price of our shares. We will always analyze which source of capital is most advantageous to us at any particular point in time, however the capital markets may not consistently be available on terms that are attractive.

 

In May 2005, we issued $50 million of seven-year and $50 million of ten-year unsecured notes. Also in October 2005, we reopened the 2015 issuance and raised an additional $100 million in unsecured notes, at an effective interest rate of 5.5%.

 

In March and December 2003, respectively, we issued $60 million of 5.125% and $100 million of 5.25%, unsecured notes. Also in December 2003, we issued 2.2 million common shares for net proceeds of approximately $63.0 million. During 2004, we issued no notes or equity securities.

 

In April 2004, we filed a shelf registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), which allows us to offer from time to time common shares, warrants to purchase common shares and unsecured senior or subordinated debt securities up to an aggregate amount of approximately $503.0 million.

 

Debt Financing

 

We generally use unsecured, corporate-level debt, including unsecured notes and our unsecured credit facilities, to meet our borrowing needs. Long-term, we generally use fixed rate debt instruments in order to match the returns from our real estate assets. We also utilize variable rate debt for short-term financing purposes. At times, our mix of variable and fixed rate debt may not suit our needs. At those times, we may use derivative financial instruments including interest rate swaps and caps, forward interest rate options or interest rate options in order to assist us in managing our debt mix. We would either hedge our variable rate debt to give it a fixed interest rate or hedge fixed rate debt to give it a variable interest rate. At December 31, 2005, there were no derivative securities outstanding.

 

Typically we have obtained the ratings of two credit rating agencies in the underwriting of our unsecured debt. As of December 31, 2005, Standard & Poors had assigned its A- rating, and Moody’s Investor Service has assigned its Baa1 rating, to our unsecured debt offerings. A downgrade in rating by either of these rating agencies could result from, among other things, a change in our financial position, or a downturn in general economic condition. Any such downgrade could adversely affect our ability to obtain future financing or could increase the interest rates on our existing variable rate debt. However, we have no debt instruments under which the principal maturity would be accelerated upon a downward change in our debt rating. Each rating is subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization.

 

Our total debt at December 31, 2005 is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Total Debt

Fixed rate mortgages

   $ 169,617

Unsecured credit facilities

     24,000

Senior unsecured notes

     520,000
    

     $ 713,617
    

 

The $169.6 million in fixed rate mortgages, which includes $3.9 million in unamortized premiums due to fair value adjustments, bore an effective weighted average interest rate of 5.9% at December 31, 2005 and had a weighted average maturity of 5.6 years.

 

Our primary external source of liquidity is our two revolving credit facilities. We can borrow up to $155.0 million under these lines, which bear interest at an adjustable spread over LIBOR based on our public debt rating.

 

39


Credit Facility No. 1 is a three-year, $85.0 million unsecured credit facility expiring in July 2007. Credit Facility No. 2 is a three-year $70.0 million unsecured credit facility expiring in July 2008. We had $0.0 outstanding as of December 31, 2005 related to Credit Facility No. 1, with $0.9 million in Letters of Credit issued and $84.1 million unused and available for subsequent acquisitions or capital improvements. At December 31, 2004, $67.0 million was outstanding under this facility, all of which was paid in full using a portion of the proceeds from the April 2005 issuance of $50.0 million of seven-year 5.05% unsecured notes and $50.0 million of ten-year 5.35% unsecured notes (See Note 6—Notes Payable). Borrowings were used to repay mortgage debt in August and September 2005 of $7.5 million and $18.0 million, respectively, and an additional $5.0 million in September to fund capital improvements were repaid in October 2005 using a portion of the proceeds from the October 2005 issuance of an additional $100.0 million of our 5.35% senior unsecured notes maturing in May 2015.

 

We had $24.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2005 related to Credit Facility No. 2, with an additional $1.1 million in Letters of Credit issued and $44.9 million unused and available for subsequent acquisitions or capital improvements. Of the $24.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2005, $21.0 million was borrowed in December 2005 to fund the acquisition of Dulles Station and $3.0 million was borrowed to fund certain capital improvements to real estate. At December 31, 2004, $50.0 million was outstanding under this facility. In February 2005, we repaid $31.0 million of the $50.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2004 using a portion of the $67.5 million proceeds from the disposition of 7700 Leesburg, Tycon Plaza II and Tycon Plaza III. In April 2005, we repaid the remaining outstanding balance at December 31, 2004 under Credit Facility No. 2 using a portion of the proceeds from the April 2005 issuance of $50.0 million of seven-year, 5.05% unsecured notes and $50.0 million of ten-year, 5.35% unsecured notes (See Note 6—Notes Payable). In July 2005, we borrowed $63.0 million under this facility to fund our purchase of Albemarle Point, all of which we repaid in October 2005 using a portion of the proceeds from the October 2005 issuance of an additional $100.0 million of our 5.35% senior unsecured notes maturing in May 2015.

 

In March 2004, we borrowed $11.0 million under Credit Facility No. 1 to fund the acquisition of 8880 Gorman Road, an additional $8.6 million in August 2004 to fund the acquisition of Shady Grove Medical Village II, $7.8 million in October to fund the acquisition of 8301 Arlington Boulevard, $7.0 million in November to pay down a portion of the $55.0 million of 7.78% unsecured notes due, plus accrued interest, $28.0 million in November and December to fund the acquisition of Dulles Business Park and $13.2 million to fund certain capital improvements to real estate. The $8.6 million borrowed to fund the Shady Grove Medical Village II acquisition was subsequently repaid in November. We borrowed $50.0 million in November 2004 under Credit Facility No. 2 to pay down the remaining portion of the $55.0 million 7.78% notes due. In February 2005 we repaid $31.0 million under Credit Facility No. 2 using a portion of the $67.5 million proceeds from the disposition of 7700 Leesburg, Tycon Plaza II and Tycon Plaza III.

 

Our unsecured credit facilities contain financial and other covenants with which we must comply. Some of these covenants include:

 

    A minimum ratio of annual EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) to interest expense;

 

    A minimum ratio of tangible fair market value of our unencumbered assets to aggregate unsecured debt; and

 

    A maximum ratio of total debt to tangible fair market value of our assets.

 

Failure to comply with any of the covenants under our unsecured credit facilities or other debt instruments could result in a default under one or more of our debt instruments. This could cause our lenders to accelerate the timing of payments and would therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, financial condition and liquidity.

 

As of December 31, 2005, we were in compliance with our loan covenants; however, our ability to draw on our unsecured credit facility or incur other unsecured debt in the future could be restricted by the loan covenants.

 

40


We anticipate that over the near term, interest rate fluctuations will not have a material adverse effect on earnings. Our unsecured fixed-rate notes payable have maturities ranging from August 2006 through February 2028 (see Note 6), as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2005
Note Principal


7.25% notes due 2006

     50,000

6.74% notes due 2008

     60,000

5.103% notes due 2012

     50,000

5.125% notes due 2013

     60,000

5.25% notes due 2014

     100,000

5.41% notes due 2015

     150,000

7.25% notes due 2028

     50,000
    

     $ 520,000
    

 

On April 26, 2005, we sold $50.0 million of 5.05% senior unsecured notes due May 1, 2012 and $50.0 million of 5.35% senior unsecured notes due May 1, 2015, at effective yields of 5.064% and 5.359% respectively. The net proceeds from the sale of the notes of $99.1 million were used to repay borrowings under our lines of credit totaling $90.5 million and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes.

 

In March 2003, we issued $60.0 million of 5.125% unsecured notes. In August 2003, we repaid $50.0 million of 7.125% unsecured notes. No notes were issued in 2004. As noted above, we repaid $55.0 million of unsecured notes in November 2004 utilizing credit facility borrowings.

 

Our unsecured notes contain covenants with which we must comply. These include:

 

    Limits on our total indebtedness;

 

    Limits on our secured indebtedness;

 

    Limits on our required debt service payments; and

 

    Maintenance of a minimum level of unencumbered assets.

 

We are in compliance with our unsecured notes covenants as of December 31, 2005.

 

Dividends

 

We pay dividends quarterly. The maintenance of these dividends is subject to various factors, including the discretion of the Board of Trustees, the ability to pay dividends under Maryland law, the availability of cash to make the necessary dividend payments and the effect of REIT distribution requirements, which require at least 90% of our taxable income to be distributed to shareholders. The table below details our dividend and distribution payments for 2005, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands).

 

     2005

   2004

   2003

Common dividends

   $ 67,322    $ 64,836    $ 58,605

Minority interest distributions

     172      155      89
    

  

  

     $ 67,494    $ 64,991    $ 58,694
    

  

  

 

41


Dividends paid for 2005 as compared to 2004 increased as a direct result of a dividend rate increase from $1.55 per share in 2004 to $1.60 per share in 2005. Dividends paid in 2004 increased as compared to 2003 due to the dividend rate increase to $1.55 per share from $1.47 per share and the issuance of 2.2 million shares in December 2003.

 

Cash flows from operations are an important factor in our ability to sustain our dividend at its current rate. Cash flows from operations increased from $79.9 million in 2004 to $87.5 million in 2005 due in part to acquisitions completed in 2004 and 2005. If our cash flows from operations were to decline significantly, we may be unable to sustain our dividend payment at its current rate.

 

Capital Commitments

 

We will require capital for development and redevelopment projects currently underway and in the future. As of December 31, 2005, we had under development a residential and retail project with 224 apartment units and 5,900 square feet of retail space in Arlington, VA (Rosslyn Towers), a mixed-use project with 75 residential units and 2,600 square feet of retail space in Alexandria, VA (South Washington Street), and a 5.27 acre development site located along the Dulles Toll Road which is to be developed in two phases to include approximately 540,000 square feet of office and retail space (Dulles Station). Our total investment in Rosslyn Towers is expected to be $63.6 million. As of December 31, 2005, we had invested $20.2 million in Rosslyn Towers including land costs, and we expect to fund approximately $29.0 million of the total project costs during 2006. Our total investment in South Washington Street is expected to be $32.2 million. As of December 31, 2005, we had invested $7.2 million in this project, completing the first of three phases, and we expect to fund approximately $19.0 million of the total project costs during 2006. There is a $6.2 million letter agreement in place for the second phase of construction. Our investment in phase one of Dulles Station is expected to be $55.8 million including land costs. As of December 31, 2005, we had invested $26.6 million to acquire the land for both phases of this project, and we expect to fund approximately $26.0 million of the total project costs during 2006.

 

In addition, we anticipate funding a redevelopment project in our retail portfolio during 2006, Foxchase Shopping Center, and several major renovations in our office and residential portfolios at Maryland Trade Centers I and II, Country Club Towers, Bethesda Hill, Roosevelt Towers and Wayne Plaza. Our total investment in Foxchase is expected to be $10.0 million. As of December 31, 2005, we had invested $2.7 million in this project, and we expect to fund approximately $7.3 million of the total project costs during 2006. Our total investment in Maryland Trade Centers I and II is expected to be $3.1 million. As of December 31, 2005, we had invested $1.7 million in this project, and we expect to fund approximately $1.4 million of the total project costs during 2006. Our total investment in Country Club Towers is expected to be $3.2 million. As of December 31, 2005, we had invested $0.1 million in this project, and we expect to fund approximately $3.1 million of the total project costs during 2006. Our total investment in Bethesda Hill is expected to be $2.9 million. As of December 31, 2005, we had invested $0.1 million in this project, and we expect to fund approximately $2.8 million of the total project costs during 2006. Our total investment in Roosevelt Towers is expected to be $1.8 million. As of December 31, 2005, we had invested $0.1 million in this project, and we expect to fund approximately $1.7 million of the total project costs during 2006. Our total investment in Wayne Plaza is expected to be $1.5 million. As of December 31, 2005, we had invested $0.5 million in this project, and we expect to fund approximately $1.0 million of the total project costs during 2006. In addition, we anticipate funding $7.6 million for smaller redevelopment projects within our existing portfolio during 2006, though not all of the anticipated spending had been committed via executed construction contracts at December 31, 2005. We expect to meet our requirements using cash generated by our real estate operations, through borrowings on our unsecured credit facilities, or raising additional debt or equity capital in the public market.

 

42


Contractual Obligations

 

Below is a summary of certain contractual obligations that will require significant capital (in thousands):

 

     Payments due by Period

     Total

   Less than 1
year


   1-3 years

   4-5 years

   After 5
years


Long-term debt (1)

   $ 1,020,595    $ 99,025    $ 248,262    $ 69,101    $ 604,207

Purchase obligations (2)

     12,133      3,031      6,177      821      2,104

Estimated development commitments (3)

     85,705      65,915      19,790      —        —  

Tenant-related capital (4)

     5,495      4,529      966      —        —  

Building capital (5)

     10,391      10,391      —        —        —  

Operating leases

     21      21      —        —        —  

(1) See Notes 4, 5 and 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Amounts include principal, interest, unused commitment fees and facility fees.

 

(2) Represents elevator maintenance contracts with terms through 2016, electricity sales agreements with terms through 2008 and natural gas purchase agreements with terms through 2006.

 

(3) Committed development obligations based on contracts in place as of December 31, 2005.

 

(4) Committed tenant-related capital based on executed leases as of December 31, 2005.

 

(5) Committed building capital additions based on contracts in place as of December 31, 2005.

 

We have various standing or renewable contracts with vendors. The majority of these contracts are cancelable with immaterial or no cancellation penalties, with the exception of our elevator maintenance and natural gas purchase agreements, which are included above on the purchase obligations line. Contract terms on cancelable leases are generally one year or less. We are currently committed to fund tenant-related capital improvements as described in the table above for executed leases. However, expected leasing levels could require additional tenant-related capital improvements which are not currently committed. We expect that total tenant-related capital improvements, including those already committed, will be approximately $11.3 million in 2006. Due to the competitive office leasing market and higher vacancy rates, we expect that tenant-related capital costs will continue at this level into 2007.

 

Historical Cash Flows

 

Consolidated cash flow information is summarized as follows (in millions):

 

     For the year ended
December 31,


    Variance

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

    2005 vs.
2004


    2004 vs.
2003


 

Cash provided by operating activities

   $ 87.5     $ 79.9     $ 76.0     $ 7.6     $ 3.9  

Cash used in investing activities

   $ (98.5 )   $ (80.4 )   $ (147.5 )   $ (18.1 )   $ 67.1  

Cash provided by financing activities

   $ 10.9     $ 0.8     $ 63.6     $ 10.1     $ (62.8 )

 

Operations generated $87.5 million of net cash in 2005 compared to $79.9 million in 2004 and $76.0 million in 2003. The increase in cash flow in both 2004 and 2005 was due primarily to the additional income from assets acquired in 2004 and 2005. The level of net cash provided by operating activities is also affected by the timing of receipt of revenues and payment of expenses.

 

Our investing activities used net cash of $98.5 million in 2005, $80.4 million in 2004 and $147.5 million in 2003. The change in cash flows from investing activities in 2005 was due to the $123.4 million in acquisitions throughout the year which was $68.3 million higher than the prior year, offset somewhat by property disposals in

 

43


the first and third quarters that were $65.8 million higher than the prior year. In addition, capital improvements to existing properties increased $15.4 million in 2005 due largely to the redevelopment of Foxchase and improvements across the Residential portfolio especially at the Ashby. The change in cash flows used in investing activities in 2004 was due primarily to real estate acquisitions net of assumed debt of $55.1 million, $64.9 million lower than acquisitions completed in 2003, and $8.1 million in proceeds from the disposition of 8230 Boone Boulevard, partially offset by an increase in capital improvement expenditures of $5.9 million due largely to the common area renovation project at Munson Hill Towers and increased spending on the redevelopment project at Westminster Shopping Center.

 

Our financing activities provided net cash of $10.9 million in 2005, $0.8 million in 2004 and $63.6 million in 2003. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities in 2005 is the result of the debt offerings in April and October which provided $197.2 million offset somewhat by repayment of borrowing on the lines of credit of $93.0 million, payment of dividends of $67.3 million and mortgage principal payments of $28.8 million. The decrease in net cash provided by financing activities in 2004 was due primarily to the fact that we drew on our credit facilities to fund acquisitions and development spending and to pay down $55.0 million in unsecured debt that matured in November, and we increased our dividend rate. We issued no unsecured debt or equity in 2004.

 

CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS

 

Capital improvements of $48.6 million were completed in 2005, including tenant improvements. Capital improvements to our properties in 2004 and 2003 were $33.2 million and $27.4 million, respectively.

 

Our capital improvement costs for the three years ending December 31, 2005 were as follows (in thousands): (CC6)

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2005

   2004

   2003

Accretive capital improvements:

                    

Acquisition related

   $ 918    $ 212    $ 612

Expansions and major renovations/development

     29,628      14,525      10,725

Tenant improvements

     8,932      9,432      9,506
    

  

  

Total accretive capital improvements

     39,478      24,169      20,843

Other:

     9,125      9,068      6,548
    

  

  

Total

   $ 48,603    $ 33,237    $ 27,391
    

  

  

 

Accretive Capital Improvements

 

Acquisition Related—These are capital improvements to properties acquired during the current and preceding two years which were anticipated at the time we acquired the properties. These types of improvements were made in 2005 to Frederick Crossing and 1776 G Street.

 

Expansions and Major Renovations—Expansion projects increase the rentable area of a property. Major renovation projects are improvements sufficient to increase the income otherwise achievable at a property. 2005 expansions and major renovations included Foxchase Shopping Center, which includes construction of a pad site for a large regional grocer; common area renovations for The Ashby at McLean, Munson Hill, Roosevelt Towers and Park Adams; and lobby renovations at Maryland Trade Centers I and II.

 

In February 2001, we acquired an apartment building at 1611 North Clarendon Boulevard adjacent to our 1600 Wilson Boulevard office property with the intent of developing a high-rise apartment building on that site utilizing the available density rights from both properties. We subsequently acquired the retail property 1620 Wilson Boulevard in 2002, also adjacent, as part of this planned development. This effort to develop a mixed-use

 

44


space with 224 multifamily units and 5,900 square feet of retail space is referred to as Rosslyn Towers, with expected completion in late 2006 for the Mid Rise building and mid-2007 for the High Rise building. In May 2003, we acquired 718 E. Jefferson Street to complete our ownership of the entire block of 800 S. Washington Street, with the intent of developing a mixed-use property with 75 apartment units and 2,600 square feet of retail space. Completion of South Washington Street is expected in early 2007. Development costs in each of the years presented include costs associated with the development of Rosslyn Towers and South Washington Street. In December 2005, we acquired a 5.27 acre site located along the Dulles Toll Road—the site, referred to as Dulles Station, is part of a planned 63-acre mixed use development, and is approved for 540,000 square feet of office and ancillary retail space. Construction will occur in two phases. The first phase is a 185,000 square-foot six-story building, with planned delivery in the fourth quarter of 2007. The second phase is a twelve-story, 355,000 square-foot office tower with anticipated delivery in 2008 or 2009 depending on market conditions.

 

Tenant Improvements—Tenant Improvements are costs, such as space build-out, associated with commercial lease transactions.

 

Our average Tenant Improvement Costs per square foot of space leased were as follows during the three years ended December 31, 2005:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2005

   2004

   2003

Office Buildings*

   $ 10.42    $ 7.13    $ 11.41

Medical Office Buildings

   $ 7.65    $ 9.35    $ 10.48

Retail Centers

   $ 0.85    $ 0.90    $ 0.81

Industrial/Flex Properties*

   $ 1.44    $ 1.01    $ 1.91

* Excludes properties sold or classified as held for sale.

 

The $3.29 increase in tenant improvement costs per square foot of space leased for Office buildings in 2005 was primarily due to leases executed at Maryland Trade Centers I & II and 1776 G Street in 2005, allowing for $2.1 and $1.2 million respectively in tenant improvements. The Retail and Industrial tenant improvement costs are substantially lower than Office and Medical Office improvement costs due to the tenant improvements required in these property types being substantially less extensive. Excluding properties sold or classified as held for sale, approximately 65% of our Office tenants renewed their leases with us in 2005, compared to 50% in 2004 and 68% in 2003. Renewing tenants generally require minimal tenant improvements. In addition, lower tenant improvement costs are one of the many benefits of our focus on leasing to smaller office tenants. Smaller office suites have limited configuration alternatives. Therefore, we are often able to lease an existing suite with limited tenant improvements.

 

Other Capital Improvements

 

Other Capital Improvements are those not included in the above categories. These are also referred to as recurring capital improvements. Over time these costs will be re-incurred to maintain a property’s income and value. In our residential properties, these include new appliances, flooring, cabinets and bathroom fixtures. These improvements, which are made as needed upon vacancy of an apartment, totaled $0.9 million in 2005 and averaged $1,084 per apartment for the 39% of apartments turned over relative to our total portfolio of apartment units. In addition, during 2005, we incurred repair and maintenance expenses of $7.3 million that were not capitalized, to maintain the quality of our buildings.

 

45


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and uncertainties. Such forward looking statements include the following statements with respect to the greater Washington real estate markets: (a) job growth in 2005 is a positive sign for continued economic growth in the region; (b) continued spending by the Federal Government, government contracting firms and professional services firms is expected to further drive regional economic growth; (c) increased office leasing activity is expected to have a positive impact occupancy with moderate rental rate growth going forward; (d) retail leasing space may continue to be positively affected by the Metro area’s overall population growth and high levels of discretionary income; (e) the office sector vacancy rate is projected to decline over the next two years; (f) multifamily sector occupancy will be impacted by the number of units taken off line for renovation; (g) the Washington Metro area market continues to be a strong retail market and we expect to continue to increase rents substantially; and (h) industrial sector rents are projected to increase in the first half of 2006, as vacancy rates improve. Such forward looking statements also include the following statements with respect to WRIT: (a) our intention to invest in properties that we believe will increase in income and value; (b) our belief that external sources of capital will continue to be available and that additional sources of capital will be available from the sale of shares or notes; and (c) our belief that we have the liquidity and capital resources necessary to meet our known obligations and to make additional property acquisitions and capital improvements when appropriate to enhance long-term growth. Forward looking statements also include other statements in this report preceded by, followed by or that include the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “potential,” “project,” “will” and other similar expressions.

 

We claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 for the foregoing statements. The following important factors, in addition to those discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report, could affect our future results and could cause those results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements: (a) the economic health of our tenants; (b) the economic health of the greater Washington/Baltimore region, or other markets we may enter, including the effects of changes in Federal government spending; (c) the supply of competing properties; (d) inflation; (e) consumer confidence; (f) unemployment rates; (g) consumer tastes and preferences; (h) stock price and interest rate fluctuations; (i) our future capital requirements; (j) compliance with applicable laws, including those concerning the environment and access by persons with disabilities; (k) governmental or regulatory actions and initiatives; (l) changes in general economic and business conditions; (m) terrorist attacks or actions; (n) acts of war; (o) weather conditions; (p) the effects of changes in capital available to the technology and biotechnology sectors of the economy, and (q) other factors discussed under the caption “Risk Factors.” We undertake no obligation to update our forward-looking statements or risk factors to reflect new information, future events, or otherwise.

 

RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE

 

The following table sets forth our ratios of earnings to fixed charges and debt service coverage for the periods shown:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
       2005  

      2004  

      2003  

 

Earnings to fixed charges

   2.01 x   2.13 x   2.33 x

Debt service coverage

   3.05 x   3.29 x   3.53 x

 

We computed the ratio of earnings to fixed charges by dividing earnings by fixed charges. For this purpose, earnings consist of income from continuing operations plus fixed charges, less capitalized interest. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, including amortized costs of debt issuance, plus interest costs capitalized.

 

We computed the debt service coverage ratio by dividing EBITDA (which is earnings before interest income and expense, taxes, depreciation, amortization and gain on sale of real estate) by interest expense and principal amortization.

 

46


Funds From Operations

 

Funds from Operations (“FFO”) is a widely used measure of operating performance for real estate companies. We provide FFO as a supplemental measure to net income calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Although FFO is a widely used measure of operating performance for REITs, FFO does not represent net income calculated in accordance with GAAP. As such, it should not be considered an alternative to net income as an indication of our operating performance. In addition, FFO does not represent cash generated from operating activities in accordance with GAAP, nor does it represent cash available to pay distributions and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities, determined in accordance with GAAP as a measure of our liquidity. The National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, Inc. (“NAREIT”) defines FFO (April, 2002 White Paper) as net income (computed in accordance with GAAP) excluding gains (or losses) from sales of property plus real estate depreciation and amortization. We consider FFO to be a standard supplemental measure for REITs because it facilitates an understanding of the operating performance of our properties without giving effect to real estate depreciation and amortization, which historically assumes that the value of real estate assets diminishes predictably over time. Since real estate values have instead historically risen or fallen with market conditions, we believe that FFO more accurately provides investors an indication of our ability to incur and service debt, make capital expenditures and fund other needs. Our FFO may not be comparable to FFO reported by other REITs. These other REITs may not define the term in accordance with the current NAREIT definition or may interpret the current NAREIT definition differently.

 

The following table provides the calculation of our FFO and a reconciliation of FFO to net income for the years presented (in thousands):

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

Net income

   $ 77,638     $ 45,564     $ 44,887

Adjustments

                      

Depreciation and amortization

     47,161       39,309       33,490

Gain on property disposed

     (37,515 )     (1,029 )     —  

Discontinued operations depreciation and amortization

     71       1,784       2,265
    


 


 

FFO as defined by NAREIT

   $ 87,355     $ 85,628     $ 80,642
    


 


 

 

47


ITEM 7A. QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

The principal material financial market risk to which we are exposed is interest rate risk. Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to refinancing long-term fixed rate obligations, the opportunity cost of fixed rate obligations in a falling interest rate environment and our variable rate lines of credit. We primarily enter into debt obligations to support general corporate purposes including acquisition of real estate properties, capital improvements and working capital needs. In the past we have used interest rate hedge agreements to hedge against rising interest rates in anticipation of imminent refinancing or new debt issuance.

 

The table below presents principal, interest and related weighted average fair value interest rates by year of maturity, with respect to debt outstanding on December 31, 2005.

 

(In thousands)   2006

    2007

    2008

    2009

    2010

    Thereafter

    Total

    Fair
Value


Unsecured fixed rate debt

                                                             

Principal

  $ 50,000       —       $ 60,000       —         —       $ 410,000     $ 520,000     $ 523,768

Interest payments

  $ 30,264     $ 26,639     $ 24,569     $ 22,500     $ 22,500     $ 129,401     $ 255,873        

Interest rate on debt maturities

    7.49 %     —         6.74 %     —         —         5.57 %     5.89 %      

Unsecured variable rate debt

                                                             

Principal

    —         —       $ 24,000       —         —         —       $ 24,000     $ 24,000

Variable interest rate on debt maturities (a)

    —         —         4.97 %     —         —         —         4.97 %      

Mortgages

                                                             

Principal amortization (30 year schedule)

  $ 8,678     $ 9,991     $ 2,232     $ 52,338     $ 2,438     $ 93,940     $ 169,617     $ 171,478

Interest payments

  $ 9,850     $ 9,004     $ 8,883     $ 7,884     $ 5,107     $ 9,923     $ 50,651        

Weighted average interest rate on principal amortization

    5.76 %     6.46 %     5.22 %     7.06 %     5.23 %     5.27 %     5.92 %      

(a) Variable interest rates based on LIBOR in effect on our borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2005.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The financial statements and supplementary data appearing on pages 59 to 88 are incorporated herein by reference.

 

48


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Securities Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Accounting, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

 

We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Accounting, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2005. Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Accounting concluded that the Trust’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

During the three months ended December 31, 2005, there was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

49


PART III

 

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this report in that we will file a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A with respect to our 2006 Annual Meeting (the “Proxy Statement”) no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, and certain information included therein is incorporated herein by reference. Only those sections of the Proxy Statement which specifically address the items set forth herein are incorporated by reference. Such incorporation does not include the Performance Graph included in the Proxy Statement. In addition, we have adopted a Code of Ethics which can be reviewed and printed from our website www.writ.com .

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The information required under this Item by Item 403 of Regulation S-K is hereby incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan Category


   Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights


   Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights


   Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))


 
     (a)    (b)    (c)  

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   466,779    $ 23.93    1,313,000  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   64,000      25.76    66,000 *
    
  

  

Total

   530,779    $ 24.15    1,379,000  

* We maintain a Share Grant Plan for officers and trustees. The aggregate number of shares which can be made the subject of awards under this Share Grant Plan, together with the aggregate number of shares issued either directly or in connection with the exercise of a stock option under any other plan maintained by the Trust, may not exceed three percent (3%) of the number of then-outstanding shares in any one calendar year and may not exceed, in the aggregate, during any five (5) year period, ten percent (10%) of the number of then-outstanding shares. As of December 31, 2005, 228,164 shares have been granted under this plan. We maintained a stock option plan for trustees which provided for the annual granting of 2,000 non-qualified stock options to trustees the last of which were granted in 2004. 84,000 options had been granted as of December 31, 2005.

 

See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the Share Grant Plan.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference to the material in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

 

50


PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(A). The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

 

         Page

1.  

Financial Statements

    
   

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

   56
   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

   57
   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   58
   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004

   59
   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

   60
   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

   61
   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

   62
   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   63
2.  

Financial Statement Schedules

    
   

Schedule III—Consolidated Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

   86
3.  

Exhibits:

    
    3.        Declaration of Trust and Bylaws
       

(a)

   Declaration of Trust. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Trust’s registration statement on Form 8-B dated July 10, 1996.
       

(b)

   Bylaws. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Trust’s registration statement on Form 8-B dated July 10, 1996.
       

(c)

   Amendment to Declaration of Trust dated September 21, 1998. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Trust’s Form 10-Q dated November 13, 1998.
       

(d)

   Articles of Amendment to Declaration of Trust dated June 24, 1999. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4c to Amendment No. 1 to the Trust’s Form S-3 registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as of July 14, 1999.
       

(e)

   Amendment to Bylaws dated February 21, 2002. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(e) to the Trust’s Form 10-K dated April 1, 2002.
    4.        Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders
       

(a)

   [Intentionally omitted ]
       

(b)

   Amended and restated credit agreement dated July 25, 1999, among Washington Real Estate Investment Trust, as borrower, SunTrust Bank (successor by merger to Crestar Bank), as lender, First Union National Bank (successor by merger to Signet Bank), as lender, and SunTrust Bank, as agent. (1)
       

(c)

   Indenture dated as of August 1, 1996 between Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and The First National Bank of Chicago. (2)
       

(d)

   Officers’ Certificate Establishing Terms of the Notes, dated August 8, 1996 (2)
       

(e)

   [Intentionally omitted]
       

(f)

   Form of 2006 Notes (2)
       

(g)

   Form of MOPPRS Notes (3)
       

(h)

   Form of 30 year Notes (3)
       

(i)

   Remarketing Agreement (3)
       

(j)

   Form of 2004 fixed-rate notes (4)
       

(k)

   [Intentionally omitted]
       

(l)

   Credit agreement dated July 23, 2002 between Washington Real Estate Investment Trust, as borrower, Bank One, as lender, and Bank One, as agent (7)

 

51


       

(m)

   Amendment to amended and restated credit agreement dated July 25, 2002, among Washington Real Estate Investment Trust, as borrower, SunTrust Bank, successor to Crestar Bank, as Agent, and SunTrust Bank (SunTrust), successor to Crestar Bank, and Wachovia Bank, National Association (Wachovia), successor to First Union National Bank (the Credit Agreement). (7)
       

(n)

   Officer’s Certificate Establishing Terms of the Notes, dated March 12, 2003. (8)
       

(o)

   Form of 2013 Notes. (8)
        (p)    Officer’s Certificate Establishing Terms of the Notes, dated December 8, 2003. (9)
       

(q)

   Form of 2014 Notes. (9)
       

(r)

   [Intentionally omitted]
       

(s)

   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, Dated as of July 21, 2004, among Washington Real Estate Investment Trust, as borrower and Bank One, NA, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as lenders and Bank One, NA, as agent and Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., as lead arranger and sole book runner. (10)
       

(t)

   Form of 5.05% Senior Notes due May 1, 2012 (11)
       

(u)

   Form of 5.35% Senior Notes due May 1, 2015 dated April 26, 2005 (11)
       

(v)

   Officer’s Certificate establishing the terms of the Notes, dated April 20, 2005 (11)
       

(w)

   Credit agreement dated July 25, 2005 between Washington Real Estate Investment Trust as borrower and SunTrust Bank as lender. (12)
       

(x)

   Form of 5.35% Senior Notes due May 1, 2015 dated October 6, 2005 (13)
       

(y)

   Officer’s Certificate establishing the terms of the Notes, dated October 3, 2005 (13)
             We are a party to a number of other instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt. No such instrument authorizes an amount of securities in excess of 10 percent of the total assets of the Trust and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. On request, we agree to furnish a copy of each such instrument to the Commission.
    10.        Management Contracts, Plans and Arrangements
       

(a)

   Employment Agreement dated May 11, 1994 with Edmund B. Cronin, Jr. (5)
       

(b)

   1991 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended. (5)
       

(c)

   Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement dated December 14, 1994 with Edmund B. Cronin, Jr. (5)
       

(d)

   Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement dated December 19, 1995 with Edmund B. Cronin, Jr. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(e) to the 1995 Form 10-K filed March 29, 1996.
       

(e)

   Share Grant Plan (6)
       

(f)

   Share Option Plan for Trustees (6)
       

(g)

   Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives dated January 1, 2000, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the 2000 Form 10-K filed March 19, 2001.
       

(h)

   Split-Dollar Agreement dated April 1, 2000, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the 2000 Form 10-K filed March 19, 2001.
       

(i)

   2001 Stock Option Plan incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to 2001 Proxy Statement dated March 29, 2001.
       

(j)

   Share Purchase Plan. (7)
       

(k)

   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. (7)
       

(l)

   Description of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust Short-term and Long-term Incentive Plan incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(l) to the 2005 Form 10-K filed March 16, 2005.
       

(m)

   Description of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust Revised Trustee Compensation Plan incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(m) to the 2005 Form 10-K filed March 16, 2005.
       

(n)

  

Employment Agreement dated October 3, 2005 with Christopher P. Mundy. (14)

       

(o)

  

Change in control Agreement dated October 3, 2005 with Christopher P. Mundy. (15)

       

(p)

  

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

       

(q)

  

Change in control Agreement dated May 22, 2003 with Thomas L. Regnell

       

(r)

  

Change in control Agreement dated June 13, 2005 with David A. DiNardo

       

(s)

  

Change in control Agreement dated May 22, 2003 with George F. McKenzie

 

52


       

(t)

  

Change in control Agreement dated May 22, 2003 with Laura M. Franklin

       

(u)

  

Change in control Agreement dated May 22, 2003 with Kenneth C. Reed

       

(v)

  

Change in control Agreement dated May 22, 2003 with Sara L. Grootwassink

       

(w)

  

Change in control Agreement dated January 1, 2006 with James B. Cederdahl

    12.       

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

    21.       

Subsidiaries of Registrant

             In 1995, WRIT formed a subsidiary partnership, WRIT Limited Partnership; a Maryland limited partnership in which it owns 100% of the partnership interest.
             In 1998, WRIT formed a subsidiary limited liability company, WRIT-NVIP, L.L.C., a Virginia limited liability company in which it owns 93% of the membership interest. The 7% minority ownership interest is discussed further in Note 2 to the financial statements.
             In 2003, WRIT formed a subsidiary limited liability company, WRIT Prosperity Holdings, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company in which WRIT owns 100% of the membership interests.
             In 2003, WRIT formed subsidiary limited liability companies WRIT 8501-8503, L.L.C. and WRIT 8505, L.L.C., both Delaware limited liability companies in which WRIT owns 100% of the membership interests.
             In 2004, WRIT formed a subsidiary limited liability company, Shady Grove Medical Village II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company in which WRIT owns 100% of the membership interests.
             In 2004, WRIT formed subsidiary limited liability companies WRIT Dulles Holdings, L.L.C., WRIT Dulles I, L.L.C. and WRIT Dulles II, L.L.C., all Delaware limited liability companies in which WRIT owns 100% of the membership interests.
    23.        Consents
        (a)    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    31.        Rule 13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) Certifications
        (a)    Certification – Chief Executive Officer
        (b)    Certification – Senior Vice President – Accounting and Administration
        (c)    Certification – Chief Financial Officer
    32.        Section 1350 Certifications
        (a)    Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer and Financial Officers

(1) Incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibits of the same designation to the Trust’s Form 10-K filed March 24, 2000.

 

(2) Incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibit of the same designation to the Trust’s Form 8-K filed August 13, 1996.

 

(3) Incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibit of the same designation to the Trust’s Form 8-K filed February 25, 1998.

 

(4) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Trust’s Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2000.

 

(5) Incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibit of the same designation to Amendment No. 2 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed July 17, 1995.

 

(6) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits 4(a) and 4(b), respectively, to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on March 17, 1998.

 

(7) Incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibits of the same designation to the Trust’s Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2002.

 

53


(8) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits 4(a) and 4(b), respectively, to the Trust’s Form 8-K filed March 17, 2003.

 

(9) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits 4(a) and 4(b), respectively, to the Trust’s Form 8-K filed December 11, 2003.

 

(10) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Trust’s Form 10-Q filed August 6, 2004.

 

(11) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 to the Trust’s Form 8-K filed April 26, 2005

 

(12) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Trust’s Form 10-Q filed August 5, 2005

 

(13) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 and 4.2 to the Trust’s Form 8-K filed October 6, 2005

 

(14) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Trust’s Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2005

 

(15) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Trust’s Form 8-K filed October 7, 2005

 

54


SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

        WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST
Date: March 16, 2006        
            By:   /s/    E DMUND B. C RONIN , J R .        
               

Edmund B. Cronin, Jr.

President, Chief Executive Officer and

Chairman

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/    E DMUND B. C RONIN , J R .        


Edmund B. Cronin, Jr.

  

Trustee

  March 16, 2006

/s/    J OHN M. D ERRICK , J R .        


John M. Derrick, Jr.

  

Trustee

  March 16, 2006

/s/    J OHN P. M C D ANIEL        


John P. McDaniel

  

Trustee

  March 16, 2006

/s/    C HARLES T. N ASON        


Charles T. Nason

  

Trustee

  March 16, 2006

/s/    D AVID M. O SNOS        


David M. Osnos

  

Trustee

  March 16, 2006

/s/    R OBERT W. P IVIK        


Robert W. Pivik

  

Trustee

  March 16, 2006

/s/    S USAN J. W ILLIAMS        


Susan J. Williams

  

Trustee

  March 16, 2006

/s/    L AURA M. F RANKLIN        


Laura M. Franklin

  

Senior Vice President Accounting and Administration and Corporate Secretary

  March 16, 2006

/s/    S ARA L. G ROOTWASSINK        


Sara L. Grootwassink

  

Chief Financial Officer

  March 16, 2006

 

55


MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON

INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

Management of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust (the “Trust”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. The Trust’s internal control system over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Trust’s principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions.

 

In connection with the preparation of the Trust’s annual consolidated financial statements, management has undertaken an assessment of the effectiveness of the Trust’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO Framework). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Trust’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of those controls.

 

Based on this assessment, management has concluded that as of December 31, 2005, the Trust’s internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Trust’s consolidated financial statements included in this report, have issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting, a copy of which appears on the next page of this annual report.

 

56


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Trustees and Shareholders of

Washington Real Estate Investment Trust

 

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and Subsidiaries maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and Subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and Subsidiaries maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on the COSO criteria .

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and Subsidiaries and our report dated March 8, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

McLean, Virginia

March 8, 2006

 

57


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Trustees and Shareholders of

Washington Real Estate Investment Trust

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 8, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

McLean, Virginia

March 8, 2006

 

58


WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2005 AND 2004

(IN THOUSANDS)

 

     2005

    2004

 

Assets

                

Land

   $ 226,217     $ 204,831  

Income producing property

     1,024,702       895,553  
    


 


       1,250,919       1,100,384  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (240,153 )     (200,375 )
    


 


Net income producing property

     1,010,766       900,009  

Development in progress

     58,241       12,280  
    


 


Total investments in real estate, net

     1,069,007       912,289  

Investment in real estate held for sale, net

     —         36,986  

Cash and cash equivalents

     4,938       5,065  

Restricted cash

     1,764       962  

Rents and other receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,916 and $2,636, respectively

     25,258       21,402  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     40,318       34,969  

Other assets related to properties held for sale

     —         720  
    


 


Total assets

   $ 1,141,285     $ 1,012,393  
    


 


Liabilities

                

Accounts payable and other liabilities

   $ 32,728     $ 22,586  

Advance rents

     5,572       5,108  

Tenant security deposits

     7,393       5,784  

Other liabilities related to properties held for sale

     —         848  

Mortgage notes payable

     169,617       173,429  

Lines of credit

     24,000       117,000  

Notes payable

     520,000       320,000  
    


 


Total liabilities

     759,310       644,755  
    


 


Minority interest

     1,670       1,629  
    


 


Shareholders’ equity

                

Shares of beneficial interest; $.01 par value; 100,000 shares authorized: 42,139 and 42,000 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     421       420  

Additional paid in capital

     407,972       405,029  

Distributions in excess of net income

     (25,228 )     (35,544 )

Less: Deferred compensation on restricted shares

     (2,860 )     (3,896 )
    


 


Total shareholders’ equity

     380,305       366,009  
    


 


Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,141,285     $ 1,012,393  
    


 


 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

59


WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004, AND 2003

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Revenue

                        

Real estate rental revenue

   $ 190,046     $ 171,646     $ 153,576  

Expenses

                        

Utilities

     11,153       9,375       7,677  

Real estate taxes

     15,958       14,062       11,884  

Repairs and maintenance

     7,255       6,668       5,848  

Property administration

     5,472       4,965       4,223  

Property management

     5,678       5,153       4,685  

Operating services and common area maintenance

     9,967       8,834       8,153  

Other real estate expenses

     2,633       2,271       2,157  

Depreciation and amortization

     47,161       39,309       33,490  

General and administrative expenses

     8,005       6,194       5,275  
    


 


 


       113,282       96,831       83,392  
    


 


 


Real estate operating income

     76,764       74,815       70,184  
    


 


 


Other income (expense)

                        

Interest expense

     (37,743 )     (34,500 )     (30,040 )

Other income

     918       326       414  

Other income from property settlement

     504       —         —    
    


 


 


       (36,321 )     (34,174 )     (29,626 )
    


 


 


Income from continuing operations

     40,443       40,641       40,558  

Discontinued operations:

                        

Income from operations of properties sold or held for sale

     184       3,894       4,329  

Gain on disposal

     37,011       1,029       —    
    


 


 


Net Income

   $ 77,638     $ 45,564     $ 44,887  
    


 


 


Basic net income per share

                        

Continuing operations

   $ 0.96     $ 0.98     $ 1.03  

Discontinued operations including gain on disposal

     0.89       0.11       0.11  
    


 


 


Net income per share

   $ 1.85     $ 1.09     $ 1.14  
    


 


 


Diluted net income per share

                        

Continuing operations

   $ 0.96     $ 0.97     $ 1.02  

Discontinued operations including gain on disposal

     0.88       0.12       0.11  
    


 


 


Net income per share

   $ 1.84     $ 1.09     $ 1.13  
    


 


 


Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

     42,069       41,642       39,399  
    


 


 


Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

     42,203       41,863       39,600  
    


 


 


Dividends paid per share

   $ 1.60     $ 1.55     $ 1.47  
    


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

60


WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004 AND 2003

(IN THOUSANDS)

 

     Shares

   Shares of
Beneficial
Interest at
Par Value


   Deferred
Compensation


    Additional
Paid in
Capital


   Distributions
in excess of
Net Income


    Shareholders’
Equity


 

Balance, December 31, 2002

   39,168      392      (458 )     328,797      (2,554 )     326,177  

Net income

   —        —        —         —        44,887       44,887  

Dividends

   —        —        —         —        (58,605 )     (58,605 )

Share offering

   2,201      22      —         62,802      —         62,824  

Share options exercised

   181      2      —         3,236      —         3,238  

Share grants, net of share grant amortization

   57      —        (1,400 )     1,627      —         227  
    
  

  


 

  


 


Balance, December 31, 2003

   41,607      416      (1,858 )     396,462      (16,272 )     378,748  

Net income

   —        —        —         —        45,564       45,564  

Dividends

   —        —        —         —        (64,836 )     (64,836 )

Share options exercised

   302      3      —         5,662      —         5,665  

Share grants, net of share grant amortization

   91      1      (2,038 )     2,905      —         868  
    
  

  


 

  


 


Balance, December 31, 2004

   42,000    $ 420    $ (3,896 )   $ 405,029    $ (35,544 )   $ 366,009  

Net income

   —        —        —         —        77,638       77,638  

Dividends

   —        —        —         —        (67,322 )     (67,322 )

Share options exercised

   136      1      —         2,845      —         2,846  

Share grants, net of share grant amortization, net of forfeitures

   3      —        1,036       98      —         1,134  
    
  

  


 

  


 


Balance, December 31, 2005

   42,139    $ 421    $ (2,860 )   $ 407,972    $ (25,228 )   $ 380,305  
    
  

  


 

  


 


 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

61


WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004 AND 2003

(IN THOUSANDS)

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities

                        

Net income

   $ 77,638     $ 45,564     $ 44,887  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                        

Gain on sale of real estate

     (37,011 )     (1,029 )     —    

Depreciation and amortization

     47,233       41,093       35,755  

Provision for losses on accounts receivable

     872       964       1,835  

Amortization of share grants

     1,134       868       227  

Changes in other assets

     (6,735 )     (9,404 )     (8,448 )

Changes in other liabilities

     4,391       1,867       1,723  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     87,522       79,923       75,979  
    


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities

                        

Real estate acquisitions, net*

     (123,358 )     (55,135 )     (120,000 )

Capital improvements to real estate

     (48,603 )     (33,237 )     (27,391 )

Net cash received for sale of real estate

     73,879       8,071       —    

Non-real estate capital improvements

     (437 )     (101 )     (132 )
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (98,519 )     (80,402 )     (147,523 )
    


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities

                        

Net proceeds from share offering

     —         —         62,824  

Line of credit (repayments)/borrowings, net

     (93,000 )     117,000       (50,750 )

Notes payable repayments

     —         (55,000 )     (50,000 )

Dividends paid

     (67,322 )     (64,836 )     (58,605 )

Principal payments—mortgage notes payable

     (28,820 )     (2,041 )     (1,333 )

Net proceeds from debt offering

     197,166       —         158,178  

Net proceeds from exercise of share options

     2,846       5,665       3,238  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by financing activities

     10,870       788       63,552  
    


 


 


Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (127 )     309       (7,992 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     5,065       4,756       12,748  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 4,938     $ 5,065     $ 4,756  
    


 


 


Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                        

Cash paid for interest

   $ 36,662     $ 32,157     $ 28,889  
    


 


 



* Supplemental discussion of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

On March 23, 2005 we purchased Frederick Crossing Shopping Center for $44.8 million. We assumed a mortgage in the amount of $24.3 million, fair valued at $25.0 million, and funded the balance ($20.5 million) utilizing $1.0 million in credit facility borrowings and $19.5 million of the $31.3 million in cash escrowed from the sale of Tycon Plaza II, Tycon Plaza III and 7700 Leesburg Pike in February 2005. The $24.3 million of assumed mortgage is not included in the $20.9 million shown as real estate acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2005, as the assumption of the mortgage was a non-cash acquisition cost. On April 9, 2005 we purchased the DBP Coleman Building for $8.8 million which was funded in part ($8.3 million) from cash escrowed from the aforementioned sale of Tycon Plaza II, Tycon Plaza III and 7700 Leesburg Pike.

 

On August 12, 2004, we purchased Shady Grove Medical Village II for $18.5 million. We assumed a mortgage in the amount of $10.1 million, fair valued at $11.2 million, and paid the balance in cash utilizing a borrowing under Credit Facility No. 1. On December 22, 2004, we purchased Dulles Business Park for $46.0 million. We assumed two mortgages in the total amount of $19.5 million, fair valued at $22.0 million, and borrowed $28.0 million under Credit Facility No. 1 to fund the acquisition. The $29.6 million of total assumed mortgages is not included in the $55.1 million shown as 2004 acquisitions, as the assumption of these mortgages was a non-cash acquisition cost.

 

On January 24, 2003, we purchased Fullerton Industrial Center for $10.6 million. We assumed a mortgage in the amount of $6.6 million, fair valued at $6.8 million, and paid the balance in cash. On October 9, 2003, we purchased Prosperity Medical Center for $78.0 million. We assumed two mortgages in the total amount of $49.8 million (fair valued at $49.8 million), borrowed $27.0 million under Credit Facility No. 3 and paid the balance in cash. The $120.0 million shown as 2003 real estate acquisitions does not include the $56.4 million in total assumed mortgages for Fullerton Industrial and Prosperity Medical Center, as the assumption of these mortgages was a non-cash acquisition cost.

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

62


WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004 AND 2003

 

1. Nature of Business:

 

Washington Real Estate Investment Trust (“WRIT,” the “company” or the “Trust”), a Maryland Real Estate Investment Trust, is a self-administered, self-managed equity real estate investment trust, successor to a trust organized in 1960. Our business consists of the ownership of income-producing real estate properties in the greater Washington—Baltimore region. We own a diversified portfolio of office buildings, medical office buildings, industrial/flex properties, multifamily buildings and retail centers.

 

Federal Income Taxes

 

We qualify as a Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) under Sections 856-860 of the Internal Revenue Code and intend to continue to qualify as such. To maintain our status as a REIT, we are required to distribute 90% of our ordinary taxable income to our shareholders. When selling properties, we have the option of (i) reinvesting the sale price of properties sold, allowing for a deferral of income taxes on the sale, (ii) paying out capital gains to the shareholders with no tax to the company or (iii) treating the capital gains as having been distributed to the shareholders, paying the tax on the gain deemed distributed and allocating the tax paid as a credit to the shareholders. All of the gains on the sale of properties disposed in 2005 were reinvested in replacement properties. We distributed 100% of our 2005, 2004 and 2003 ordinary taxable income to our shareholders. The gain on the property sold during 2004 was paid out to the shareholders. No provision for income taxes was necessary in 2005, 2004 or 2003.

 

The following is a breakdown of the taxable percentage of our dividends for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively:

 

     Ordinary
Income


    Return of
Capital


   

Unrecaptured

Section 1250
Gain


   

Capital

Gain


 

2005

   81 %   14 %   5 %   0 %

2004

   86 %   10 %   2 %   2 %

2003

   97 %   3 %   0 %   0 %

 

2. Accounting Policies:

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Trust and its majority owned subsidiaries, after eliminating all intercompany transactions.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December, 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment.” This statement is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and supersedes APB opinion No. 25 (APB No. 25), “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and amends SFAS No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Statement No. 123R addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions in which an enterprise receives employee services in exchange for (a) equity instruments of the enterprise or (b) liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments. SFAS No. 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values and eliminates the intrinsic value method of accounting in APB No. 25, which was permitted under SFAS No. 123, as originally issued. The Company will be required to apply the provisions of this statement as of January 1, 2006.

 

63


Since we used the fair-value-based method of accounting under the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, in pro forma disclosure, we are required to adopt the provisions of the new standard using either the modified-prospective-transition or the modified-retrospective-transition method. Under both methods, for awards granted, settled or modified subsequent to adopting the standard and for awards granted prior to the date of adoption for which the requisite service has not been completed as of the adoption date, compensation cost must be recognized in the financial statements. Under the modified retrospective method, financial statements for prior periods are restated for this change and under the modified prospective method only statements subsequent to adoption will include this compensation cost. The modified prospective method also requires a cumulative adjustment in the first period of adoption to conform to the new standard. The Company plans to adopt SFAS No. 123R using the modified prospective transition method. The Company anticipates that adoption of SFAS No. 123R will not have material impact on its results of operations and its financial position.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Residential properties (our Multifamily segment) are leased under operating leases with terms of generally one year or less, and commercial properties (our Office, Medical Office, Retail and Industrial segments) are leased under operating leases with average terms of three to seven years. We recognize rental income and rental abatements from our residential and commercial leases when earned on a straight-line basis in accordance with SFAS No. 13 “Accounting for Leases.” Recognition of rental income commences when control of the facility has been given to the tenant. We record a provision for losses on accounts receivable equal to the estimated uncollectible amounts. This estimate is based on our historical experience and a review of the current status of the company’s receivables. Percentage rents, which represent additional rents based on gross tenant sales, are recognized when tenants’ sales exceed specified thresholds.

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 66, “Accounting for Sales of Real Estate,” sales are recognized at closing only when sufficient down payments have been obtained, possession and other attributes of ownership have been transferred to the buyer and we have no significant continuing involvement.

 

We recognize cost reimbursement income from pass-through expenses on an accrual basis over the periods in which the expenses were incurred. Pass-through expenses are comprised of real estate taxes, operating expenses and common area maintenance costs which are reimbursed by tenants in accordance with specific allowable costs per tenant lease agreements.

 

Minority Interest

 

We entered into an operating agreement with a member of the entity that previously owned Northern Virginia Industrial Park in conjunction with the acquisition of this property in May 1998. This resulted in a minority ownership interest in this property based upon defined company ownership units at the date of purchase. The operating agreement was amended and restated in 2002 resulting in a reduced minority ownership percentage interest. We account for this activity by allocating the minority owner’s percentage ownership interest of the net income of the property to minority interest included in our general and administrative expenses, thereby reducing net income. Minority interest expense was $172,000, $154,800 and $167,400 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively. Quarterly distributions are made to the minority owner equal to the quarterly dividend per share for each ownership unit.

 

Deferred Financing Costs

 

Costs associated with the issuance of mortgages, notes payable and fees associated with the lines of credit are capitalized and amortized using the effective interest rate method or the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest rate method over the term of the related debt. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004 deferred financing costs of $14.5 million and $11.3 million, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $5.8 million and $4.7 million were included in Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets on the balance sheets. The amortization is included in interest expense in the accompanying statements of income.

 

64


The amortization of debt costs included in interest expense totaled $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Deferred Leasing Costs

 

Costs associated with the successful negotiation of leases, both external commissions and internal direct costs, are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the respective leases. If an applicable lease terminates prior to the expiration of its initial lease term, the carrying amount of the costs are written-off to expense. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004 deferred leasing costs of $15.1 million and $11.5 million, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $4.9 million and $3.6 million, were included in Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets on the balance sheets.

 

The amortization of deferred leasing costs included in expense for continuing operations totaled $2.0 million, $1.5 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Real Estate and Depreciation

 

Buildings are depreciated on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives ranging from 28 to 50 years. All capital improvement expenditures associated with replacements, improvements, or major repairs to real property that extend its useful life are capitalized and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 30 years. In addition, we capitalize tenant leasehold improvements when certain criteria are met, including when we supervise construction and will own the improvements. All tenant improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the improvements or the term of the related tenant lease. Real estate depreciation expense from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $41.8 million, $34.4 million and $29.6 million, respectively. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred.

 

We capitalize interest costs incurred on borrowing obligations while qualifying assets are being readied for their intended use in accordance with SFAS No. 34, “Capitalization of Interest cost.” Total interest expense capitalized to real estate assets related to development and major renovation activities was $1,127,300, $703,400 and $247,600, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Interest capitalized is amortized over the useful life of the related underlying assets upon those assets being placed into service.

 

We recognize impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the net undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. If such carrying amount is in excess of the estimated cash flows from the operation and disposal of the property, we would recognize an impairment loss equivalent to an amount required to adjust the carrying amount to the estimated fair market value. There were no property impairments recognized during the three-year period ended December 31, 2005.

 

We allocate the purchase price of acquired properties to the related physical assets and in-place leases based on their fair values, in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” The fair values of acquired buildings are determined on an “as-if-vacant” basis considering a variety of factors, including the physical condition and quality of the buildings, estimated rental and absorption rates, estimated future cash flows and valuation assumptions consistent with current market conditions. The “as-if-vacant” fair value is allocated to land, building and tenant improvements based on property tax assessments and other relevant information obtained in connection with the acquisition of the property.

 

The fair value of in-place leases consists of the following components—(1) the estimated cost to us to replace the leases, including foregone rents during the period of finding a new tenant, foregone recovery of tenant pass-throughs, tenant improvements, and other direct costs associated with obtaining a new tenant (referred to as

 

65


“Tenant Origination Cost”); (2) estimated leasing commissions associated with obtaining a new tenant (referred to as “Leasing Commissions”); (3) the above/at/below market cash flow of the leases, determined by comparing the projected cash flows of the leases in place to projected cash flows of comparable market-rate leases (referred to as “Net Lease Intangible”); and (4) the value, if any, of customer relationships, determined based on our evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant’s lease and our overall relationship with the tenant (referred to as “Customer Relationship Value”).

 

The amounts used to calculate Tenant Origination Cost, Leasing Commissions, and Net Lease Intangible are discounted using an interest rate which reflects the risks associated with the leases acquired. Tenant Origination Costs are included in Real Estate Assets on our balance sheet and are amortized as depreciation expense on a straight-line basis over the remaining life of the underlying leases. Leasing Commissions are classified as Other Assets and are amortized as amortization expense on a straight-line basis over the remaining life of the underlying leases. Net Lease Intangible Assets are classified as Other Assets and are amortized on a straight-line basis as a decrease to Real Estate Rental Revenue over the remaining term of the underlying leases. Net Lease Intangible Liabilities are classified as Other Liabilities and are amortized on a straight-line basis as an increase to Real Estate Rental Revenue over the remaining term of the underlying leases. Should a tenant terminate its lease, the unamortized portion of the Tenant Origination Cost, Leasing Commissions, and Net Lease Intangible associated with that lease are written off to depreciation expense, amortization expense, and rental revenue, respectively.

 

Balances, net of accumulated depreciation or amortization, as appropriate, of the components of the fair value of in-place leases at December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows (in millions):

 

     December 31,

     2005

   2004

     Gross Carrying
Value


  

Accumulated

Amortization


   Net

   Gross Carrying
Value


  

Accumulated

Amortization


   Net

Tenant Origination Costs

   $ 12.3    $ 3.8    $ 8.5    $ 8.2    $ 1.9    $ 6.3

Leasing Commissions

   $ 7.4    $ 2.2    $ 5.2    $ 5.2    $ 1.1    $ 4.1

Net Lease Intangible Assets

   $ 6.8    $ 1.7    $ 5.1    $ 5.5    $ 0.7    $ 4.8

Net Lease Intangible Liabilities

   $ 8.9    $ 1.8    $ 7.1    $ 4.1    $ 0.7    $ 3.4

 

Amortization of these components combined was $3.0 million, $2.1 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. No value had been assigned to Customer Relationship Value at December 31, 2005 or December 31, 2004.

 

Discontinued Operations

 

We classify properties as held for sale when they meet the necessary criteria specified by SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”. These include: senior management commits to and actively embarks upon a plan to sell the assets, the sale is expected to be completed within one year under terms usual and customary for such sales and actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. Depreciation on these properties is discontinued, but operating revenues, operating expenses and interest expense continue to be recognized until the date of sale.

 

Under SFAS No. 144, revenues and expenses of properties that are either sold or classified as held for sale are presented as discontinued operations for all periods presented in the Statements of Income.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include investments readily convertible to known amounts of cash with original maturities of 90 days or less.

 

66


Restricted Cash

 

Restricted cash at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 consisted of $1.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively, in funds escrowed for tenant security deposits, real estate tax, insurance and mortgage escrows and escrow deposits required by lenders on certain of our properties to be used for future building renovations or tenant improvements.

 

Stock Based Compensation

 

We maintain Share Grant Plans and Incentive Stock Option Plans as described in Note 7, Share Options and Grants, which include qualified and non-qualified options and deferred shares for eligible employees. Shares are granted to officers and trustees under the Share Grant Plans. Officer share grants vest over 5 years in annual installments commencing one year after the date of grant. Trustee share grants are fully vested immediately upon date of share grant and are restricted from transferability for the period of the Trustee’s service.

 

Compensation expense is recognized for share grants over the vesting period equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date of issuance. Compensation expense for the trustee grants is fully recognized upon issuance based upon the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. The unvested portion of officer share grants is recognized as deferred compensation.

 

Unvested shares are forfeited upon an employee’s termination while unvested shares for employees eligible for retirement fully vest upon retirement. For shares granted to employees who are eligible for retirement or will become eligible for retirement during the vesting period compensation cost is recognized over the explicit service period with acceleration of expense upon the date of actual retirement for these employees. The Company will continue this practice for awards granted prior to the adoption of FAS 123(R) and for shares granted after the adoption of FAS 123(R) the Company will recognize compensation expense through the date that the employee is no longer required to provide service to earn the award (e.g. the date the employee is eligible to retire.) The Company will recognize $1.0 million in compensation cost in the future for awards amortized over the explicit service period.

 

Stock options were historically issued annually to officers, trustees and non-officer key employees under the Incentive Stock Option Plans. They were last issued to officers in 2002, to non-officer key employees in 2003 and to trustees in 2004. The options vest over a 2-year period in annual installments commencing one year after the date of grant, except for trustee options which vested immediately upon the date of grant. Stock options are accounted for in accordance with APB No. 25, whereby if options are priced at fair market value or above at the date of grant and if other requirements are met then the plans are considered fixed and no compensation expense is recognized. Accordingly, we have recognized no compensation cost for stock options.

 

67


Had we determined compensation cost for the Plans consistent with SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” our net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the following pro-forma amounts (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 
          2005     

         2004     

         2003     

 

Pro-forma Information

                        

Net income, as reported

   $ 77,638     $ 45,564     $ 44,887  

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income

     1,134       868       227  

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method

     (1,210 )     (1,218 )     (935 )
    


 


 


Pro-forma net income

   $ 77,562     $ 45,214     $ 44,179  

Earnings per share:

                        

Basic—as reported

   $ 1.85     $ 1.09     $ 1.14  

Basic—pro-forma

   $ 1.84     $ 1.09     $ 1.12  

Diluted—as reported

   $ 1.84     $ 1.09     $ 1.13  

Diluted—pro-forma

   $ 1.84     $ 1.08     $ 1.12  

 

Earnings per Common Share

 

We calculate basic and diluted earnings per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share.” “Basic earnings per share” is computed as net income divided by the weighted-average common shares outstanding. “Diluted earnings per share” is computed using the treasury stock method , which is net income divided by the total weighted-average common shares outstanding plus the effect of dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding for the period. Using this method, dilutive common equivalent shares reflect the assumed issuance of additional common shares pursuant to certain of our share based compensation plans that could potentially reduce or “dilute” earnings per share.

 

Use of Estimates in the Financial Statements

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 

68


3. Real Estate Investments:

 

Our real estate investment portfolio, at cost, consists of properties located in Maryland, Washington, D.C. and Virginia as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,

     2005

   2004

Office buildings

   $ 548,110    $ 486,691

Medical Office buildings

     142,067      141,510

Retail centers

     200,395      145,757

Multifamily

     153,549      131,617

Industrial/Flex properties

     265,039      207,089
    

  

     $ 1,309,160    $ 1,112,664
    

  

 

The amounts above reflect properties classified as continuing operations, which means they are to be held and used in rental operations or are currently in development. We dispose of assets (sometimes using tax-deferred exchanges) that are inconsistent with our long-term strategic or return objectives and where market conditions for sale are favorable. The proceeds from the sales may be redeployed into other properties, used to fund development operations or to support other corporate needs, or distributed to our shareholders. Properties are considered held for sale when they meet the criteria specified by SFAS No. 144 (see Note 2—Discontinued Operations). Depreciation on these properties is discontinued at that time, but operating revenues, other operating expenses and interest continue to be recognized until the date of sale. We had no properties classified as held for sale at December 31, 2005, and four held for sale at December 31, 2004 as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,

 
         2005    

   2004

 

Office buildings

   —      $ 45,573  

Industrial buildings

   —        4,211  
    
  


Total

   —        49,784  

Less accumulated depreciation

   —        (12,798 )
    
  


     —      $ 36,986  
    
  


 

Our results of operations are dependent on the overall economic health of our markets, tenants and the specific segments in which we own properties. These segments include commercial office, medical office, retail, multifamily and industrial. All sectors are affected by external economic factors, such as inflation, consumer confidence, unemployment rates, etc. as well as changing tenant and consumer requirements. Because the properties are located primarily in the Washington-Baltimore region, the Company is subject to a concentration of credit risk related to these properties.

 

As of December 31, 2005 no single property or tenant accounted for more than 10% of total real estate assets or total revenues.

 

69


Properties we acquired during the years ending December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are as follows:

 

Acquisition Date


  

Property


  

Type


   Rentable
Square Feet


  

Contract

Purchase Price

(In thousands)


March 23, 2005

   Frederick Crossing    Retail    295,000    $ 44,800

April 8, 2005

   Coleman Building    Industrial    60,000      8,800

July 29,2005

   Albemarle Point    Office/Industrial    296,000      66,800

December 2, 2005

   Dulles Station    Development    n/a      24,700
              
  

          Total 2005    651,000    $ 145,100
              
  

March 10, 2004

   8880 Gorman Road    Industrial    141,000    $ 11,500

August 12, 2004

   Shady Grove Medical Village II    Medical Office    66,000      18,500

October 12, 2004

   8301 Arlington Boulevard    Medical Office    50,000      8,000

December 22, 2004

   Dulles Business Park    Industrial    265,000      46,000
              
  

          Total 2004    522,000    $ 84,000
              
  

January 24, 2003

   Fullerton Industrial Center    Industrial    137,000    $ 10,550

May 29, 2003

   718 Jefferson Street    Retail    5,000      1,120

August 7, 2003

   1776 G Street    Office    262,000      84,750

October 9, 2003

   Prosperity Medical Center I    Medical Office    92,000      27,990

October 9, 2003

   Prosperity Medical Center II    Medical Office    88,000      27,010

October 9, 2003

   Prosperity Medical Center III    Medical Office    75,000      23,000
              
  

          Total 2003    659,000    $ 174,420
              
  

 

We accounted for these acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting. As discussed in Note 2, we allocate the purchase price to the related physical assets (land, building and tenant improvements) and in-place leases (tenant origination costs, leasing commissions, and net lease intangible assets/liabilities) based on their fair values in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” The results of operations of the acquired properties are included in the income statement as of their respective acquisition date.

 

The fair value of in-place leases recorded as a result of the above acquisitions follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value of In-Place
Leases


     2005

   2004

   2003

Tenant origination costs

   $ 4.2    $ 2.8    $ 4.7

Leasing commissions

   $ 2.2    $ 1.3    $ 2.6

Net lease intangible assets

   $ 1.3    $ 2.9    $ 0.8

Net least intangible liabilities

   $ 4.8    $ 0.8    $ 3.0

 

The weighted average life in months for the components above ranged from 58 months to 120 months for 2005 acquisitions and from 62 months to 102 months for 2004 acquisitions.

 

The difference in total 2005 contract purchase price of properties acquired per the above chart of $145.1 million and the acquisition cost per the Statement of Cash Flows of $123.4 million is the $24.3 million mortgage assumed on the acquisition of Frederick Crossing, offset by $1.7 million in predevelopment costs (not included in the contract price) paid at closing for Dulles Station and closing costs on all acquisitions.

 

The difference in total 2004 contract purchase price of properties acquired per the above chart of $84.0 million and the acquisition cost per the Statement of Cash Flows of $55.1 million is the $29.6 million in mortgages assumed on the acquisitions of Shady Grove Medical Village II and Dulles Business Park, net of closing costs.

 

70


The difference in total 2003 contract purchase price of properties acquired per the above chart of $174.4 million and the acquisition cost per the Statement of Cash Flows of $120.0 million is the $56.4 million in mortgages assumed on the acquisitions of Fullerton Industrial Center and Prosperity Medical Center, net of closing costs.

 

The following unaudited pro-forma combined condensed statements of operations set forth the consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 as if the above described acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of the period of acquisition and the same period in the year prior to the acquisition. The unaudited pro-forma information does not purport to be indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if the acquisitions had been in effect for the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004. The unaudited data presented is in thousands, except per share data.

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2005

   2004

Real estate revenues

   $ 194,957    $ 190,343

Income from continuing operations

   $ 40,480    $ 41,804

Net income

   $ 77,675    $ 46,727

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.84    $ 1.12

 

We dispose of assets (sometimes using tax-deferred exchanges) that are inconsistent with our long-term strategic or return objectives and where market conditions for sale are favorable. The proceeds from the sales may be reinvested into other properties, used to fund development operations or to support other corporate needs, or are distributed to our shareholders.

 

Properties we sold during the three years ending December 31, 2005 are as follows:

 

Disposition Date


   Property

   Type

   Rentable
Square Feet


  

Contract Sale Price

(in thousands)


February 1, 2005

   7700 Leesburg Pike    Office    147,000    $ 20,150

February 1, 2005

   Tycon Plaza II    Office    127,000      19,400

February 1, 2005

   Tycon Plaza III    Office    137,000      27,950

September 8, 2005

   Pepsi Distribution Center    Industrial    69,000      6,000
              
  

          Total    480,000    $ 73,500
              
  

November 15, 2004

   8230 Boone Boulevard    Office    58,000    $ 10,000
              
  

 

The Office properties sold on February 1, 2005, classified as discontinued operations effective November 2004, were sold to a single buyer for a $67.5 million contract sales price. WRIT recognized a gain on disposal of $32.1 million, in accordance with SFAS No. 66, “Accounting for Sales of Real Estate.” $31.3 million of the proceeds from the disposition were escrowed in a tax-free property exchange account and subsequently used to fund a portion of the purchase price of Frederick Crossing Shopping Center on March 23, 2005 and the Coleman Building on April 8, 2005. $31.0 million of the proceeds were used to pay down $31.0 million outstanding under Credit Facility No. 2. In September 2005 the Industrial property was sold for $6.0 million for a gain of $3.0 million. Proceeds of $5.8 million were escrowed in a tax-free exchange account and were used to partially fund the purchase of Dulles Station in December 2005. Discontinued operations for 2005 consist of the properties sold in February and September 2005. For 2004, discontinued operations include those same properties and 8230 Boone Boulevard, which was sold on November 15, 2004. There was a gain of $1.9 million recognized in April 2005 that had been previously deferred from the sale of Boone Boulevard.

 

On November 15, 2004, we sold 8230 Boone Boulevard for a sale price of $10.0 million. A portion of the proceeds was in the form of a subordinated $1.8 million 10% note receivable from the seller, which was scheduled to mature in November 2005. We recognized a gain on disposal of $1.0 million and offset the $1.8 million note from the buyer with a deferred gain liability in the same amount, in accordance with Statement of

 

71


Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 66, “Accounting for Sales of Real Estate.” SFAS 66 limits gain recognition when the seller’s note is subject to future subordination to the amount by which the buyer’s cash payments at settlement exceed the seller’s cost of the property sold. We distributed the gain from the 2004 disposition of 8230 Boone Boulevard to the shareholders.

 

Also in November 2004 we concluded that 7700 Leesburg, Tycon Plaza II, Tycon Plaza III and certain development rights and approvals related to Tycon Plaza III met the criteria specified by SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” necessary to classify these properties as held for sale. Senior management had committed to and actively embarked upon a plan to sell the assets and the sale was expected to be completed within one year under terms usual and customary for such sales, with no indication that the plan would be significantly altered or abandoned. Depreciation on these properties was discontinued at that time, but operating revenues and other operating expenses continued to be recognized until the date of sale. Under SFAS No.144 revenues and expenses of properties that are classified as held for sale or sold are presented as discontinued operations for all periods presented in the Statements of Income.

 

Operating results of the properties classified as discontinued operations are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

    

Operating Income

For the Year Ending
December 31,


 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Revenues

   $ 656     $ 8,894     $ 9,829  

Property expenses

     (401 )     (3,216 )     (3,235 )

Depreciation and amortization

     (71 )     (1,784 )     (2,265 )
    


 


 


     $ 184     $ 3,894     $ 4,329  
    


 


 


 

Operating income by property is summarized below (in thousands):

 

         

Operating Income

For the Year Ending
December 31,


Property


  

Segment


   2005

    2004

   2003

8230 Boone Boulevard

   Office    $ 0     $ 204    $ 144

7700 Leesburg

   Office      89       903      1,245

Tycon Plaza II

   Office      30       1,340      1,652

Tycon Plaza III

   Office      111       1,223      1,054

Pepsi Distribution Center

   Industrial      (46 )     224      234
         


 

  

          $ 184     $ 3,894    $ 4,329
         


 

  

 

72


4. Mortgage Notes Payable:

 

     December 31,

     2005

   2004

On November 30, 1998, we assumed a $9.2 million mortgage note payable and a $12.4 million mortgage note payable as partial consideration for our acquisition of Woodburn Medical Park I and II. Both mortgages bore interest at 7.69% per annum. Principal and interest were payable monthly until September 15, 2005, at which time all unpaid principal and interest were paid in full.      $ —      $ 18,658
On September 20, 1999, we assumed an $8.7 million mortgage note payable as partial consideration for our acquisition of the Avondale Apartments. The mortgage bore interest at 7.88% per annum. Principal and interest were payable monthly until November 1, 2005. This mortgage was paid off prior to maturity on August 15,2005.        —        7,677
On September 27, 1999, we executed a $50.0 million mortgage note payable secured by Munson Hill Towers, Country Club Towers, Roosevelt Towers, Park Adams Apartments and the Ashby of McLean. The mortgage bears interest at 7.14% per annum and interest only is payable monthly until October 1, 2009, at which time all unpaid principal and interest are payable in full.        50,000      50,000
On November 1, 2001, we assumed an $8.5 million mortgage note payable, with an estimated fair value* of $9.3 million, as partial consideration for our acquisition of Sullyfield Commerce Center. The mortgage bears interest at 9.00% per annum and includes a significant prepayment penalty. Principal and interest are payable monthly until February 1, 2007, at which time all unpaid principal and interest are payable in full.        8,144      8,487
On January 24, 2003, we assumed a $6.6 million mortgage note payable, with an estimated fair value* of $6.8 million, as partial consideration for our acquisition of Fullerton Industrial Center. The mortgage bears interest at 6.77% per annum. Principal and interest are payable monthly until September 1, 2006, at which time all unpaid principal and interest are payable in full.        6,292      6,491
On October 9, 2003, we assumed a $36.1 million mortgage note payable and a $13.7 million mortgage note payable as partial consideration for our acquisition of Prosperity Medical Center. The mortgages bear interest at 5.36% per annum and 5.34% per annum respectively. Principal and interest are payable monthly until May 1, 2013, at which time all unpaid principal and interest are payable in full.        48,196      48,911
On August 12, 2004, we assumed a $10.1 million mortgage note payable with an estimated fair value* of $11.2 million, as partial consideration for our acquisition of Shady Grove Medical Village II. The mortgage bears interest at 6.98% per annum. Principal and interest are payable monthly until December 1, 2011, at which time all unpaid principal and interest are payable in full.        10,855      11,149
On December 22, 2004, we assumed a $15.6 million mortgage note payable with an estimated fair value of $17.8 million, and a $3.9 million mortgage note payable with an estimated fair value* of $4.2 million as partial consideration for our acquisition of Dulles Business Park. The mortgages bear interest at 7.09% per annum and 5.94% per annum, respectively. Principal and interest are payable monthly until August 10, 2012, at which time all unpaid principal and interest are payable in full.        21,443      22,056
On March 23, 2005, we assumed a $24.3 million mortgage note payable with an estimated fair value* of $25.0 million as partial consideration for our acquisition of Frederick Crossing. The mortgage bears interest at 5.95% per annum. Principal and interest are payable monthly until January 1, 2013, at which time all unpaid principal and interest are payable in full.        24,687      —  
    

  

     $ 169,617    $ 173,429
    

  


* The fair value of the mortgage notes payable was estimated upon acquisition based upon dealer quotes for instruments with similar terms and maturities. There is no notation when the fair value is the same as the carrying value.

 

73


Total carrying amount of the above mortgaged properties was $289.4 million and $282.0 million at December 31,2005 and 2004, respectively. Scheduled principal payments during the five years subsequent to December 31, 2005 and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Principal Payments

2006

   $ 8,678

2007

     9,991

2008

     2,233

2009

     52,338

2010

     2,438

Thereafter

     93,939
    

     $ 169,617
    

 

5. Unsecured Lines of Credit Payable and Short-term Note Payable:

 

As of December 31, 2005, we maintained an $85.0 million unsecured line of credit maturing in July 2007 (“Credit Facility No. 1”) and a $70.0 million line of credit maturing in July 2008 (“Credit Facility No. 2”).

 

Credit Facility No. 1

 

We had $0.0 outstanding as of December 31, 2005 related to Credit Facility No. 1, with $0.9 million in Letters of Credit issued and $84.1 million unused and available for subsequent acquisitions or capital improvements. At December 31, 2004, $67.0 million was outstanding under this facility, all of which was paid in full using a portion of the proceeds from the April 2005 issuance of $50.0 million of seven-year 5.05% unsecured notes and $50.0 million of ten-year 5.35% unsecured notes (See Note 6—Notes Payable). Borrowings were used to repay mortgage debt in August and September 2005 of $7.5 million and $18.0 million, respectively, and an additional $5.0 million in September to fund capital improvements were repaid in October 2005 using a portion of the proceeds from the October 2005 issuance of an additional $100.0 million of our 5.35% senior unsecured notes maturing in May 2015.

 

Advances under this agreement bear interest at LIBOR plus a spread based on the credit rating on our publicly issued debt. All outstanding advances are due and payable upon maturity in July 2007. Interest only payments are due and payable generally on a monthly basis. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, we recognized interest expense (excluding unused commitment and facility fees) of $783,000, $455,000, and $251,000, respectively, on Credit Facility No. 1, representing an average interest rate of 3.30%, 2.36%, and 1.90% per annum, respectively.

 

From July 2002 through July 20, 2004, Credit Facility No. 1 had a maximum available commitment of $25.0 million and required us to pay the lender unused line of credit fees which averaged 0.326% in 2004 and 0.279% in 2003. These fees were payable quarterly. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, we incurred unused commitment fees of $29,500 and $40,200, respectively.

 

On July 21, 2004, we closed on a new $50.0 million line of credit with Bank One, NA (now J.P. Morgan) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, replacing the former $25.0 million facility. On November 10, 2004, we amended the Credit Agreement to increase the maximum available commitment from $50.0 million to $85.0 million. Currently, Credit Facility No. 1 requires us to pay the lender a facility fee on the total commitment ranging from 0.15% to 0.25% per annum according to a sliding scale based on the credit rating on our publicly issued debt. These fees are payable quarterly. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, we incurred facility fees of $131,200 and $41,200, respectively.

 

74


Credit Facility No. 2

 

We had $24.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2005 related to Credit Facility No. 2, with an additional $1.1 million in Letters of Credit issued and $44.9 million unused and available for subsequent acquisitions or capital improvements. Of the $24.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2005, $21.0 million was borrowed in December 2005 to fund the acquisition of Dulles Station and $3.0 million was borrowed to fund certain capital improvements to real estate. At December 31, 2004, $50.0 million was outstanding under this facility. In February 2005, we repaid $31.0 million of the $50.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2004 using a portion of the $67.5 million proceeds from the disposition of 7700 Leesburg, Tycon Plaza II and Tycon Plaza III. In April 2005, we repaid the remaining outstanding balance at December 31, 2004 under Credit Facility No. 2 using a portion of the proceeds from the April 2005 issuance of $50.0 million of seven-year, 5.05% unsecured notes and $50.0 million of ten-year, 5.35% unsecured notes (See Note 6—Notes Payable). In July 2005, we borrowed $63.0 million under this facility to fund our purchase of Albemarle Point, all of which we repaid in October 2005 using a portion of the proceeds from the October 2005 issuance of an additional $100.0 million of our 5.35% senior unsecured notes maturing in May 2015.

 

Advances under this agreement bear interest at LIBOR plus a spread. An advance may also be converted into a term loan based upon a Treasury rate plus a spread. All outstanding advances are due and payable upon maturity in July 2008. Interest only payments are due and payable generally on a monthly basis. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, we recognized interest expense (excluding unused commitment and facility fees) of $898,000, $192,000 and $442,000, respectively, on Credit Facility No. 2, representing an average interest rate of 3.88%, 2.93% and 1.91% per annum, respectively.

 

Before its renewal in July 2005, Credit Facility No. 2 required us to pay the lender unused line of credit fees ranging from 0.15% to 0.25% per annum according to a sliding scale based on the credit rating on our publicly issued debt. The fee was paid quarterly in arrears. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, we incurred $38,400, $89,000 and $54,000, respectively in unused commitment fees on this facility.

 

On July 25, 2005, we renewed Credit Facility No. 2, extending its maturity date to July 25, 2008, and increasing the commitment to $70.0 million. This renewal and extension included a carve-out for letters of credit in the amount of $14.0 million. Credit Facility No. 2 requires us to pay the lender an annual facility fee on the total commitment ranging from 0.15% to 0.25% per annum according to a sliding scale based on the credit rating on our publicly issued debt. These fees are payable quarterly. For the year ended December 31, 2005, we incurred facility fees of $46,700.

 

Credit Facility No. 3

 

On August 7, 2003, we executed a $60.0 million unsecured term note, the proceeds of which were utilized as partial payment for the acquisition of 1776 G Street. With the acquisition of Prosperity Medical Center on October 9, 2003, we increased this facility to $90.0 million and drew $27.0 million on the extension to fund a portion of the purchase price. We subsequently repaid these borrowings using proceeds from the issuance of $100.0 million of 5.25% unsecured notes in December 2003. Subsequent to 2003, we had no additional borrowings under this facility, which we allowed to expire without renewal in February 2004. For the year ended December 31, 2003 we recognized interest expense of $457,000 on Credit Facility No. 3, representing an average interest rate of 1.82% per annum.

 

Borrowings under this facility bore interest at LIBOR plus a spread based on the credit rating on our publicly issued debt. Interest only payments were due on a monthly basis.

 

Credit Facility No. 1 and No. 2 contain certain financial and non-financial covenants, all of which we have met as of December 31, 2005.

 

75


Information related to revolving credit facilities is as follows (in thousands) (1) :

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Total revolving credit facilities at December 31

   $ 155,000     $ 135,000     $ 75,000  

Borrowings outstanding at December 31

     24,000       117,000       —    

Weighted average daily borrowings during the year

     46,229       26,338       35,378  

Maximum daily borrowings during the year

   $ 117,000     $ 117,000     $ 72,500  

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     3.58 %     2.43 %     1.91 %

Weighted average interest rate at December 31

     4.97 %     3.07 %     —    

(1) Excludes Credit Facility No. 3 which was not a revolving facility.

 

6. Notes Payable:

 

On August 13, 1996 we sold $50.0 million of 7.125% 7-year unsecured notes due August 13, 2003, and $50.0 million of 7.25% unsecured 10-year notes due August 13, 2006. The 7-year notes were sold at 99.107% of par and the 10-year notes were sold at 98.166% of par. Net proceeds to the Trust after deducting underwriting expenses were $97.6 million. The 7-year notes, which we paid off at maturity in August 2003 with an advance under Credit Facility No. 2, bore an effective interest rate of 7.46%. The 10-year notes due in August 2006 bear an effective interest rate of 7.49%.

 

On February 20, 1998 we sold $50.0 million of 7.25% unsecured notes due February 25, 2028 at 98.653% to yield approximately 7.36%. We also sold $60.0 million in unsecured Mandatory Par Put Remarketed Securities (“MOPPRS”) at an effective borrowing rate through the remarketing date (February 2008) of approximately 6.74%. Our costs of the borrowings and related closed hedge settlements of approximately $7.2 million are amortized over the lives of the notes using the effective interest method. These notes do not require any principal payment and are due in full at maturity.

 

On November 6, 2000 we sold $55.0 million of 7.78% unsecured notes due November 2004. The notes bear an effective interest rate of 7.89%. Our total proceeds, net of underwriting fees, were $54.8 million. We used the proceeds of these notes to repay advances on our lines of credit. We paid off the note on November 15, 2004, with a $50.0 million advance under Credit Facility No. 2 and a $7.0 million advance under Credit Facility No. 1.

 

On March 17, 2003, we sold $60.0 million of 5.125% unsecured notes due March 2013. The notes bear an effective interest rate of 5.23%. Our total proceeds, net of underwriting fees, were $59.1 million. We used portions of the proceeds of these notes to repay advances on our lines of credit and to fund general corporate purposes.

 

On December 11, 2003, we sold $100.0 million of 5.25% unsecured notes due January 2014. The notes bear an effective interest rate of 5.34%. Our total proceeds, net of underwriting fees, were $99.3 million. We used portions of the proceeds of these notes to repay advances on our lines of credit.

 

On April 26, 2005, we sold $50.0 million of 5.05% senior unsecured notes due May 1, 2012 and $50.0 million of 5.35% senior unsecured notes due May 1, 2015, at effective yields of 5.064% and 5.359% respectively. The net proceeds from the sale of the notes of $99.1 million were used to repay borrowings under our lines of credit totaling $90.5 million and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes. In October 2005, we sold an additional $100.0 million of notes of the series of 5.35% senior unsecured notes due May 1, 2015, at an effective yield of 5.49%. $93.5 million of the $98.1 million net proceeds from the sale of these notes was used to repay borrowings under our lines of credit and to fund general corporate purposes.

 

Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually. These notes contain certain financial and non-financial covenants, all of which we have met as of December 31, 2005.

 

76


The covenants under one of the line of credit agreements require us to insure our properties against loss or damage in the amount of the replacement cost of the improvements at the properties. The covenants for the notes require us to keep all of our insurable properties insured against loss or damage at least equal to their then full insurable value. We have an insurance policy which has no terrorism exclusion; however, our financial condition and results of operations are subject to the risks associated with acts of terrorism and the potential for uninsured losses as the result of any such acts. Effective November 26, 2002, under this existing coverage, any losses caused by certified acts of terrorism would be partially reimbursed by the United States under a formula established by federal law. Under this formula the United States pays 90% of covered terrorism losses exceeding the statutorily established deductible paid by the insurance provider, and insurers pay 10% until aggregate insured losses from all insurers reach $100 billion in a calendar year. If the aggregate amount of insured losses under the Act exceeds $100 billion during the applicable period for all insured and insurers combined, then each insurance provider will not be liable for payment of any amount which exceeds the aggregate amount of $100 billion. This legislation, originally scheduled to expire on December 31, 2005, was extended through December 31, 2007, with the enactment of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Extension Act of 2005. With the extension, the Federal share of compensation for insured losses decreases to 85% in 2007.

 

Scheduled maturity dates of securities during the five years subsequent to December 31, 2005 and thereafter are as follows:

 

     (in thousands)

2006

   $ 50,000

2007

     —  

2008

     60,000

2009

     —  

2010

     —  

Thereafter

     410,000
    

     $ 520,000
    

 

7. Share Options and Grants:

 

Options

 

We have historically maintained Incentive Stock Option Plans (the “Plans”), which included qualified and non-qualified options. In 2003 the Board approved a change in the composition of officer share options and share grant awards such that annual incentive compensation is awarded as the same percentage of cash compensation as in prior years except it is in the form of share grants only. The last option awards to Officers were in 2003 and to Trustees in 2004. Effective 2005 officers and Trustees received annual share grant awards only.

 

We adopted the Washington Real Estate Investment Trust 2001 Stock Option Plan (“New Stock Option Plan”) to replace the 1991 Stock Option Plan (“Stock Option Plan”) that expired on June 25, 2001. Under the Plans, options, which were issued at market price on the date of grant, vested 50% after year one and 50% after year two and expire ten years following the date of grant. We adopted the Washington Real Estate Investment Trust Stock Option Plan for Trustees in March 1998. Options granted to trustees were fully vested on the grant date. Activity under the Plans is summarized below:

 

     2005

   2004

   2003

     Shares

    Wtd Avg
Ex Price


   Shares

    Wtd Avg
Ex Price


   Shares

   

Wtd Avg

Ex Price


Outstanding at January 1

   667,000     23.49    977,000     21.99    1,107,000     $ 20.94

Granted

   —       —      12,000     33.09    57,000       29.49

Exercised

   (136,000 )   20.91    (302,000 )   18.70    (181,000 )     17.83

Expired/Forfeited

   —       —      (20,000 )   28.14    (6,000 )     25.36

Outstanding at December 31

   531,000     24.15    667,000     23.49    977,000       21.99

Exercisable at December 31

   531,000     24.15    652,000     23.34    834,000       21.16

 

77


The 531,000 options outstanding at December 31, 2005, all of which are exercisable, have exercise prices between $14.47 and $33.09, with a weighted-average exercise price of $24.15 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 6.1 years. Of the 531,000 options outstanding at December 31, 2005, 185,000 options have an exercise price between $14.47 and $21.34, with a weighted-average exercise price of $20.61 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 4.8 years. The remaining 346,000 options outstanding have an exercise price between $24.84 and $33.09, with a weighted-average exercise price of $26.04, and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 6.8 years.

 

The weighted-average fair value of options granted and related assumptions are summarized below:

 

     2005

   2004

    2003

 

Weighted-average fair value of options Granted

   —      $ 2.79     $ 2.04  

Weighted-average assumptions:

                     

Expected lives (years)

   —        5       5  

Risk free interest rate

   —        3.53 %     3.18 %

Expected volatility

   —        15.30 %     14.40 %

Expected dividend yield

   —        4.75 %     4.97 %

 

The assumptions used in the calculations of weighted average fair value of options granted are as prescribed under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Such assumptions may not be the same as those used by the financial community and others in determining the fair value of such options. The option values are based upon a Black Scholes model calculation.

 

Share Grants

 

We maintain a Share Grant Plan for officers and trustees. At the approval of the Board, the Share Grant Plan was changed in 2003 so that officers received an award of shares with a market value of a percentage of the individual’s cash compensation depending on level of officer.

 

In November 2004, the Board of Trustees approved an amended short-term and long-term incentive plan for officers and executives. The first cash benefits under the amended short-term plan were paid in late 2005, and the first share grants under the amended long-term plan will be made in 2006. The short-term incentive compensation plan provides for the annual payment of cash bonuses based upon WRIT’s achievement of its annual targets for funds from operations (FFO) per share (a non-GAAP financial measure) and EBITDA as defined by the revised plan (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization). Each target will be determined in November of the preceding year by management and approved by the Board of Trustees. The long-term incentive plan provides for the annual grant of restricted WRIT shares based on WRIT’s total shareholder return compared to a benchmark or index appropriate to the industry. Shares granted to officers under the Share Grant Plan vest 20% per year over five years and are restricted from transfer for five years from the date of grant. Prior to 2004, each Trustee received an annual grant of 400 unrestricted shares under the trustee compensation plan. In November 2004, the Board of Trustees approved revisions to the trustee compensation plan, under which the first cash and share grant benefits were paid in 2005. Under this plan, annual long-term incentive compensation for trustees is changed from options for 2,000 shares plus 400 restricted shares to $30,000 in restricted shares. These restricted shares vest immediately and are restricted from sale for the period of the Trustees’ service. Additionally, the amounts of certain director fees and retainers were amended.

 

During 2005, 2004 and 2003, we issued 17,044, 87,066 and 56,678 share grants, respectively, to our executives and trustees. Of the restricted shares awarded in 2005, 11,182 were awarded by the Trust pursuant to the Employment Agreement of the Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer in October 2005. The Employment Agreement provides for an additional installment of share grants with a market value of $150,000 on May 31, 2006, assuming the CIO is promoted to Chief Operating Officer on or before that date. The CIO shares granted in October 2005 (and, if granted, in May 2006) will vest 50% upon his fourth anniversary of

 

78


employment and the remaining 50% upon his fifth anniversary. For the first five years of the CIO’s employment, his long term incentive payout will be based on WRIT’s total shareholder return compared to a benchmark or index appropriate to the industry for the nearest whole number of years in which he has been employed (e.g. in year one, a one year average, in year two, a two year average, etc.). The 87,066 of restricted shares awarded in 2004 includes a special award of 59,859 shares to officers in recognition of the Trust’s performance for 2003, and 4,066 shares to non-officer key employees.

 

The total share grants vested at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were 124,175, 87,467 and 65,528, respectively. The total share grants unvested at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were 103,989, 137,684 and 68,491, respectively. The total compensation expense recognized in income for stock-based compensation awards for December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $1.2 million, $0.9 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Share grants awarded in 2005 were valued at $31.10 per share based on their market value on the date of grant.

 

Earnings per Share

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (dollars in thousands; except per share data):

 

     2005

   2004

   2003

Numerator for basic and diluted per share calculations:

                    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 40,443    $ 40,641    $ 40,558

Discontinued operations including gain on disposal

     37,195      4,923      4,329
    

  

  

Net income

   $ 77,638    $ 45,564    $ 44,887

Denominator for basic and diluted per share calculations:

                    

Denominator for basic per share amounts—weighted average shares

     42,069      41,642      39,399

Effect of dilutive securities:

                    

Employee stock options

     134      221      201
    

  

  

Denominator for diluted per share amounts

     42,203      41,863      39,600

Income from continuing operations per share

                    

Basic

   $ 0.96    $ 0.98    $ 1.03

Diluted

   $ 0.96    $ 0.97    $ 1.02

Discontinued operations including gain on disposal

                    

Basic

   $ 0.89    $ 0.11    $ 0.11

Diluted

   $ 0.88    $ 0.12    $ 0.11

Net income per share

                    

Basic

   $ 1.85    $ 1.09    $ 1.14

Diluted

   $ 1.84    $ 1.09    $ 1.13

 

8. Other Benefit Plan

 

We have a Retirement Savings Plan (the “401K Plan”), which permits all eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. Under the 401K Plan, the company may make discretionary contributions on behalf of eligible employees. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the company made contributions to the 401K plan of $0.3 million each year.

 

We adopted a split dollar life insurance plan for executive officers (the Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President of Real Estate and Senior Vice President Accounting and Administration) and other company officers, excluding the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), in 2000. The purpose of the plan is to provide these officers with financial security in exchange for a career commitment. It is intended that we will recover our costs from the life insurance policies at death prior to retirement, termination prior to retirement or retirement at age 65. It is intended that the officers can use the cash values of the policy in excess of the Trust’s interest, which is equal to the cash value and death benefit of each policy to the extent of the sum of premium payments we have made.

 

79


Subsequent to July 2002 we discontinued premium advances under this plan for the benefit of executive officers. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the company paid premiums of $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $0, respectively. We expect to terminate the split dollar agreements in February 2006 upon the purchase of additional life insurance for the officers. We intend to transfer ownership of the policies back to WRIT. At December 31, 2005 and 2004 the cash surrender value was approximately $1.2 million, which is less than the premiums paid since the plan’s inception.

 

We have adopted a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for the officers and members of the Board of Trustees. The plan allows for a deferral of a percentage of annual cash compensation and trustee fees. The plan is unfunded and payments are to be made out of the general assets of the Trust. The deferred compensation liability was $1.6 million, $1.3 million and $0.9 million at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

We established a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) effective July 1, 2002 for the benefit of the CEO. In November 2005, the Board of Trustees approved the establishment of a SERP for the benefit of the executive officers, including the Chief Investment Officer appointed in October 2005, and other company officers. Under these plans, upon a participant’s termination of employment from the Trust for any reason other than death, discharge for cause or total and permanent disability, the participant will be entitled to receive an annual benefit equal to his or her accrued benefit times his or her vested interest. We account for these plans in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” whereby we accrue benefit cost in an amount that will result in an accrued balance at the end of each participant’s employment which is not less than the present value of the estimated benefit payments to be made. For the three years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, we recognized current service cost of $565,000, $355,000 and $309,000, respectively.

 

9. Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

 

SFAS No. 107 “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments. Whenever possible, the estimated fair value has been determined using quoted market information as of December 31, 2005. The estimated market values have not been updated since December 31, 2005; therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented.

 

Below is a summary of significant methodologies used in estimating fair values and a schedule of fair values at December 31, 2005.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Includes cash and commercial paper with remaining maturities of less than 90 days, which are valued at the carrying value.

 

Mortgage notes payable

 

Mortgage notes payable consist of instruments in which certain of our real estate assets are used for collateral. The fair value of the mortgage notes payable is estimated based upon dealer quotes for instruments with similar terms and maturities.

 

Lines of credit payable

 

Lines of credit payable consist of bank facilities which we use for various purposes including working capital, acquisition funding or capital improvements. The lines of credit advances are priced at a specified rate plus a spread. The carrying value of the lines of credit payable is estimated to be market value since the interest rate adjusts with the market.

 

80


Notes payable

 

The fair value of these securities is estimated based on dealer quotes for securities with similar terms and characteristics.

 

     2005

   2004

(in thousands)    Carrying
Value


   Fair Value

   Carrying
Value


   Fair Value

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,702    $ 6,702    $ 6,027    $ 6,027

Mortgage notes payable

   $ 169,617    $ 171,478    $ 173,429    $ 179,585

Lines of credit payable

   $ 24,000    $ 24,000    $ 117,000    $ 117,000

Notes payable

   $ 520,000    $ 523,768    $ 320,000    $ 335,353

 

10. Rentals under Operating Leases:

 

Non-cancelable commercial operating leases provide for minimum rental income from continuing operations during each of the next five years and thereafter as follows (in millions):

 

     Rental Income

2006

   $ 141.0

2007

     127.9

2008

     112.4

2009

     92.8

2010

     71.4

Thereafter

     181.5
    

     $ 727.0
    

 

Apartment leases are not included as they are generally for one year. Most of these commercial leases increase in future years based on agreed-upon percentages or changes in the Consumer Price Index. Percentage rents from retail centers, based on a percentage of tenants’ gross sales, were $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.5 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Real estate tax, operating expense and common area maintenance reimbursement income from continuing operations was $15.5 million, $12.0 million and $9.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

11. Commitments and Contingencies:

 

Development Commitments

 

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, we had various contracts outstanding with third parties in connection with our ongoing development projects. Total accumulated spending, including land costs, for development projects at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 were $56.7 million and $12.8 million, respectively. Remaining contractual commitments for development projects at December 31, 2005 were $85.6 million.

 

Litigation

 

We are involved from time to time in various legal proceedings, lawsuits, examinations by various tax authorities and claims that have arisen in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

81


Other

 

At December 31, 2005, we were contingently liable under an $885,000 unused letter of credit related to our assumption of mortgage debt on Dulles Business Park to ensure the funding of certain tenant improvements and leasing commissions over the term of the debt. We were also contingently liable under unused letters of credit totaling $1,053,000 related to our development projects at Rosslyn Towers, Foxchase Shopping Center and South Washington Street, to ensure the complete installation of public improvements in accordance with the projects’ related site plans.

 

12. Segment Information:

 

We have five reportable segments: Office Buildings, Medical Office Buildings, Retail Centers, Multifamily and Industrial/Flex Properties. Office Buildings provide office space for various types of businesses and professions. Medical Office buildings provide offices and facilities for a variety of medical services. Retail Centers are typically neighborhood grocery store or drug store anchored retail centers. Multifamily properties provide rental housing for families throughout the Washington Metropolitan area. Industrial/Flex Centers are used for flex-office, warehousing, services and distribution type facilities.

 

Real estate revenue as a percentage of the total for each of the five reportable operating segments is as follows:

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,


 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Office Buildings

   40 %   45 %   46 %

Medical Office Buildings

   10 %   8 %   5 %

Retail Centers

   17 %   16 %   17 %

Multifamily Properties

   16 %   17 %   18 %

Industrial/Flex Centers

   17 %   14 %   14 %

 

Real estate assets as a percentage of the total for each of the five reportable operating segments are as follows:

 

     December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

 

Office Buildings

   42 %   44 %

Medical Office Buildings

   11 %   12 %

Retail Centers

   15 %   13 %

Multifamily Properties

   12 %   12 %

Industrial/Flex Centers

   20 %   19 %

 

The accounting policies of each of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2. We evaluate performance based upon operating income from the combined properties in each segment. Our reportable operating segments are consolidations of similar properties. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, or SFAS 131, requires that segment disclosures present the measure(s) used by the chief operating decision maker for purposes of assessing segments’ performance. Net operating income is a key measurement of our segment profit and loss. Net operating income is defined as segment revenues less direct segment operating expenses.

 

Included in our segment reporting for 2005, 2004 and 2003 is the new Medical Office segment. This portfolio of buildings was previously reported as part of the Office segment and has now become a significant element of our diversified total portfolio.

 

82


Segment reporting has been restated for prior periods to conform to this presentation.

 

The following table presents revenues and net operating income for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, from these segments, and reconciles net operating income of reportable segments to operating income as reported (in thousands) :

 

     2005

 
     Office
Buildings


   Medical
Office


   Retail
Centers


   Multifamily

   Industrial/Flex
Properties


   Corporate
and Other


   Consolidated

 

Real estate rental revenue

   $ 76,976    $ 18,024    $ 31,907    $ 30,529    $ 32,610    $ —      $ 190,046  

Real estate expenses

     26,277      4,650      6,878      12,816      7,495      —        58,116  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


Net Operating Income

   $ 50,699    $ 13,374    $ 25,029    $ 17,713    $ 25,115    $ —      $ 131,930  

Depreciation and amortization

                                               (47,161 )

Interest expense

                                               (37,743 )

General and administrative

                                               (8,005 )

Other income

                                               1,422  

Income from discontinued operations

                                               184  

Gain on property disposal

                                               37,011  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


Net income

                                             $ 77,638  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


Capital expenditures

   $ 14,625    $ 609    $ 9,743    $ 20,982    $ 2,644    $ 437    $ 49,040  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


Total assets

   $ 457,398    $ 133,274    $ 182,098    $ 108,632    $ 237,808    $ 22,075    $ 1,141,285  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


 

     2004

 
     Office
Buildings


   Medical
Office


   Retail
Centers


   Multifamily

  

Industrial/Flex

Properties


   Corporate
and Other


   Consolidated

 

Real estate rental revenue

   $ 77,070    $ 15,050    $ 27,243    $ 28,858    $ 23,425    $ —      $ 171,646  

Real estate expenses

     24,835      3,686      5,899      11,637      5,271      —        51,328  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


Net Operating Income

   $ 52,235    $ 11,364    $ 21,344    $ 17,221    $ 18,154    $ —      $ 120,318  

Depreciation and amortization

                                               (39,309 )

Interest expense

                                               (34,500 )

General and administrative

                                               (6,194 )

Other income

                                               326  

Income from discontinued operations

                                               3,894  

Gain on property disposal

                                               1,029  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


Net income

                                             $ 45,564  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


Capital expenditures

   $ 14,707    $ 375    $ 5,644    $ 10,008    $ 2,503    $ 101    $ 33,338  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


Total assets

   $ 447,439    $ 137,136    $ 127,915    $ 91,870    $ 187,295    $ 20,738    $ 1,012,393  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


 

83


     2003

 
     Office
Buildings


   Medical
Office


   Retail
Centers


   Multifamily

   Industrial/Flex
Properties


   Corporate
and Other


   Consolidated

 

Real estate rental revenue

   $ 70,307    $ 7,031    $ 26,474    $ 28,266    $ 21,498    $ —      $ 153,576  

Real estate expenses

     21,191      1,628      5,921      10,860      5,027      —        44,627  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


Net Operating Income

   $ 49,116    $ 5,403    $ 20,553    $ 17,406    $ 16,471    $ —      $ 108,949  

Depreciation and amortization

                                               (33,490 )

Interest expense

                                               (30,040 )

General and administrative

                                               (5,275 )

Other income

                                               414  

Income from discontinued operations

                                               4,329  

Gain on property disposal

                                               —    
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


Net income

                                             $ 44,887  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


Capital expenditures

   $ 16,835    $ 4    $ 2,055    $ 7,199    $ 1,298    $ 132    $ 27,523  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


Total assets

   $ 458,775    $ 112,333    $ 127,884    $ 83,445    $ 128,844    $ 16,808    $ 928,089  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


 

84


13. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (in thousands, unaudited):

 

The following table summarizes our financial data by quarter for 2005 and 2004.

 

     Quarter (1)

     First

   Second

   Third

   Fourth

2005:

                           

Real estate rental revenue (2)

   $ 45,282    $ 46,567    $ 48,939    $ 49,258

Income from continuing operations (2)

     9,848      9,004      10,523      11,068

Net income

     42,234      10,875      13,461      11,068

Income from continuing operations per share (2)

                           

Basic

   $ 0.24    $ 0.21    $ 0.25    $ 0.26

Diluted

   $ 0.23    $ 0.21    $ 0.25    $ 0.26

Net income per share (3)

                           

Basic

   $ 1.01    $ 0.26    $ 0.32    $ 0.26

Diluted

   $ 1.01    $ 0.26    $ 0.32    $ 0.26

2004:

                           

Real estate rental revenue (2)

   $ 42,159    $ 42,517    $ 43,246    $ 43,724

Income from continuing operations (2)

     10,403      10,086      9,764      10,388

Net income

     11,302      11,082      10,797      12,383

Income from continuing operations per share (2)

                           

Basic

   $ 0.25    $ 0.24    $ 0.23    $ 0.25

Diluted

   $ 0.25    $ 0.24    $ 0.23    $ 0.25

Net income per share (3)

                           

Basic

   $ 0.27    $ 0.27    $ 0.26    $ 0.30

Diluted

   $ 0.27    $ 0.26    $ 0.26    $ 0.30

(1) With regard to per share calculations, the sum of the quarterly results may not equal full year results due to rounding.

 

(2) These amounts differ from amounts previously reported due to the disposal of the Pepsi Distribution Center in September 2005 as discussed in Note 3—Real Estate Investments.

 

(3) Includes gain on the sale of real estate of $0.77 per share, basic and $0.76 per share, diluted in the first quarter of 2005, $.04 per share in the second quarter of 2005, $0.07 per share in the third quarter of 2005 and $0.02 per share in the fourth quarter of 2004.

 

14. Subsequent Event

 

On February 14, 2006 WRIT purchased The Hampton Properties, a five building, 303,000 square foot Industrial portfolio located in Capitol Heights, MD for $23.1 million. We drew $23.1 million on our line of credit to complete the transaction. The properties are 74% leased.

 

85


SCHEDULE III

 

WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

SUMMARY OF REAL ESTATE INVESTMENTS AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

 

   

Location


  Initial Cost (b)

 

Net

Improvements
(Retirements)

since
Acquisition


 

Gross Amounts at which carried at

December 31, 2005


 

Accumulated
Depreciation

At

December 31,
2005


 

Year of

Construction


         

Net

Rentable
Square

Feet (e)


 

Units


 

Depreciation

Life (d)


Properties


    Land

 

Buildings

and
Improvements


    Land

 

Buildings

and
Improvements


  Total (c)

     

Date of

Acquisition


     

Office Buildings

                                                                     

1901 Pennsylvania Avenue

  Washington, DC   $ 892,000   $ 3,481,000   $ 12,795,000   $ 892,000   $ 16,276,000   $ 17,168,000   $ 9,147,000   1960   May   1977   97,000       28 Years

51 Monroe Street

  Maryland     840,000     10,869,000     16,747,000     840,000     27,616,000     28,456,000     14,793,000   1975   August   1979   208,000       41 Years

515 King Street

  Virginia     4,102,000     3,931,000     2,156,000     4,102,000     6,087,000     10,189,000     2,271,000   1966   July   1992   78,000       50 Years

The Lexington Building

  Maryland     1,180,000     1,262,000     1,280,000     1,180,000     2,542,000     3,722,000     1,102,000   1970   November   1993   46,000       50 Years

The Saratoga Building

  Maryland     1,464,000     1,554,000     2,190,000     1,464,000     3,744,000     5,208,000     1,590,000   1977   November   1993   59,000       50 Years

Brandywine Center

  Maryland     718,000     735,000     1,448,000     718,000     2,183,000     2,901,000     735,000   1969   November   1993   35,000       50 Years

6110 Executive Boulevard

  Maryland     4,621,000     11,926,000     6,430,000     4,621,000     18,356,000     22,977,000     7,843,000   1971   January   1995   199,000       30 Years

1220 19 th Street

  Washington, DC     7,803,000     11,366,000     3,033,000     7,803,000     14,399,000     22,202,000     4,892,000   1976   November   1995   102,000       30 Years

Maryland Trade Center I

  Maryland     3,330,000     12,747,000     7,396,000     3,330,000     20,143,000     23,473,000     6,808,000   1981   May   1996   190,000       30 Years

Maryland Trade Center II

  Maryland     2,826,000     9,486,000     3,653,000     2,826,000     13,139,000     15,965,000     4,291,000   1984   May   1996   158,000       30 Years

1600 Wilson Boulevard

  Virginia     6,661,000     16,742,000     4,394,000     6,661,000     21,136,000     27,797,000     6,001,000   1973   October   1997   166,000       30 Years

7900 Westpark Drive

  Virginia     12,049,000     71,825,000     16,199,000     12,049,000     88,024,000     100,073,000     23,381,000   1972/’86/’99   November   1997   521,000       30 Years

600 Jefferson Plaza

  Maryland     2,296,000     12,188,000     1,356,000     2,296,000     13,544,000     15,840,000     3,383,000   1985   May   1999   115,000       30 Years

1700 Research Boulevard

  Maryland     1,847,000     11,105,000     2,551,000     1,847,000     13,656,000     15,503,000     2,829,000   1982   May   1999   103,000       30 Years

Parklawn Plaza

  Maryland     714,000     4,053,000     655,000     714,000     4,708,000     5,422,000     1,083,000   1986   November   1999   40,000       30 Years

Wayne Plaza

  Maryland     1,564,000     6,243,000     3,011,000     1,564,000     9,254,000     10,818,000     1,798,000   1970   May   2000   91,000       30 Years

Courthouse Square

  Virginia     0     17,096,000     1,664,000     0     18,760,000     18,760,000     3,588,000   1979   October   2000   113,000       30 Years

One Central Plaza

  Maryland     5,480,000     39,107,000     7,659,000     5,480,000     46,766,000     52,246,000     7,960,000   1974   April   2001   267,000       30 Years

Atrium Building

  Maryland     3,182,000     11,281,000     1,884,000     3,182,000     13,165,000     16,347,000     1,801,000   1980   July   2002   81,000       30 Years

1776 G Street

  Washington, DC     31,500,000     54,327,000     533,000     31,500,000     54,860,000     86,360,000     6,090,000   1979   August   2003   262,000       30 Years

Albermarle Point

  Virginia     1,326,000     18,211,000     1,000     1,326,000     18,212,000     19,538,000     332,000   2001   July   2005   90,000       30 Years

Dulles Station (f)

  Virginia     26,584,000     0     560,000     26,584,000     560,000     27,144,000     0   n/a   December   2005   0       n/a
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

             
       
        $ 120,979,000   $ 329,535,000   $ 97,595,000   $ 120,979,000   $ 427,130,000   $ 548,109,000   $ 111,718,000               3,021,000        
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

             
       

Medical Office

                                                                     

Woodburn Medical Park I

  Virginia   $ 2,563,000   $ 12,460,000   $ 913,000   $ 2,563,000   $ 13,373,000   $ 15,936,000   $ 3,300,000   1984   November   1998   71,000       30 Years

Woodburn Medical Park II

  Virginia     2,632,000     17,574,000     752,000     2,632,000     18,326,000     20,958,000     4,373,000   1988   November   1998   96,000       30 Years

8501 Arlington Blvd. (a)

  Virginia     2,071,000     26,317,000     154,000     2,071,000     26,471,000     28,542,000     2,151,000   2000   October   2003   92,000       30 Years

8503 Arlington Blvd (a)

  Virginia     1,598,000     25,850,000     1,000     1,598,000     25,851,000     27,449,000     2,084,000   2001   October   2003   88,000       30 Years

8505 Arlington Blvd. (a)

  Virginia     2,819,000     19,680,000     66,000     2,819,000     19,746,000     22,565,000     1,601,000   2002   October   2003   75,000       30 Years

Shady Grove Medical II (a)

  Maryland     1,995,000     16,601,000     0     1,995,000     16,601,000     18,596,000     860,000   1999   August   2004   66,000       30 Years

8301 Arlington Boulevard

  Virginia     1,251,000     6,589,000     182,000     1,251,000     6,771,000     8,022,000     312,000   1965   October   2004   50,000       30 Years
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

             
       
        $ 14,929,000   $ 125,071,000   $ 2,068,000   $ 14,929,000   $ 127,139,000   $ 142,068,000   $ 14,681,000               538,000        
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

             
       

Retail Center

                                                                     

Takoma Park

  Maryland   $ 415,000   $ 1,084,000   $ 94,000   $ 415,000   $ 1,178,000   $ 1,593,000   $ 978,000   1962   July   1963   51,000       50 Years

Westminster

  Maryland     519,000     1,775,000     8,581,000     519,000     10,356,000     10,875,000     2,985,000   1969   September   1972   146,000       37 Years

Concord Centre

  Virginia     413,000     850,000     3,145,000     413,000     3,995,000     4,408,000     2,275,000   1960   December   1973   76,000       33 Years

Wheaton Park

  Maryland     796,000     857,000     3,711,000     796,000     4,568,000     5,364,000     2,064,000   1967   September   1977   72,000       50 Years

Bradlee

  Virginia     4,152,000     5,383,000     6,999,000     4,152,000     12,382,000     16,534,000     6,252,000   1955   December   1984   168,000       40 Years

Chevy Chase Metro Plaza

  Washington, DC     1,549,000     4,304,000     3,744,000     1,549,000     8,048,000     9,597,000     3,509,000   1975   September   1985   50,000       50 Years

Montgomery Village Center

  Maryland     11,625,000     9,105,000     1,371,000     11,625,000     10,476,000     22,101,000     3,075,000   1969   December   1992   198,000       50 Years

Shoppes of Foxchase

  Virginia     5,838,000     2,979,000     3,480,000     5,838,000     6,459,000     12,297,000     1,196,000   1960   June   1994   128,000       50 Years

Frederick County Square

  Maryland     6,561,000     6,830,000     2,063,000     6,561,000     8,893,000     15,454,000     3,370,000   1973   August   1995   227,000       30 Years

800 S. Washington Street (f)

  Virginia     3,173,000     5,489,000     5,688,000     3,604,000     10,746,000     14,350,000     1,143,000   1951/’55/’59/’90   June   1998   45,000       30 Years

Centre at Hagerstown

  Maryland     13,029,000     25,415,000     470,000     13,029,000     25,885,000     38,914,000     3,270,000   2000   June   2002   334,000       30 Years

Frederick Crossing (a)

  Virginia     12,759,000     34,763,000     1,333,000     12,759,000     36,096,000     48,855,000     1,055,000   1999-2003   March   2005   295,000       30 Years
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

             
       
        $ 60,829,000   $ 98,834,000   $ 40,679,000   $ 61,260,000   $ 139,082,000   $ 200,342,000   $ 31,172,000               1,790,000        
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

             
       

 

86


SCHEDULE III

(CONTINUED)

 

WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

SUMMARY OF REAL ESTATE INVESTMENTS AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

 

   

Location


  Initial Cost (b)

 

Net

Improvements
(Retirements)

since
Acquisition


 

Gross Amounts at which carried at

December 31, 2005


 

Accumulated
Depreciation

At

December 31,
2005


 

Year of

Construction


         

Net

Rentable
Square

Feet (e)


 

Units


 

Depreciation

Life (d)


Properties


    Land

 

Buildings

and
Improvements


    Land

 

Buildings

and
Improvements


  Total (c)

     

Date of

Acquisition


     

Multifamily Properties

                                                                     

3801 Connecticut Avenue

  Washington,
DC
  $ 420,000   $ 2,678,000   $ 5,826,000   $ 420,000   $ 8,504,000   $ 8,924,000   $ 5,948,000   1951   January   1963   177,000   307   30 Years

Roosevelt Towers (a)

  Virginia     336,000     1,996,000     5,704,000     336,000     7,700,000     8,036,000     3,807,000   1964   May   1965   168,000   190   40 Years

Country Club Towers (a)

  Virginia     299,000     2,562,000     5,593,000     299,000     8,155,000     8,454,000     4,922,000   1965   July   1969   159,000   227   35 Years

Park Adams (a)

  Virginia     287,000     1,654,000     6,157,000     287,000     7,811,000     8,098,000     4,178,000   1959   January   1969   172,000   200   35 Years

Munson Hill Towers (a)

  Virginia     322,000     3,337,000     11,616,000     322,000     14,953,000     15,275,000     6,945,000   1963   January   1970   259,000   279   33 Years

The Ashby at McLean (a)

  Virginia     4,356,000     17,102,000     9,917,000     4,356,000     27,019,000     31,375,000     7,832,000   1982   August   1996   244,000   250   30 Years

Walker House Apartments

  Maryland     2,851,000     7,946,000     4,598,000     2,851,000     12,544,000     15,395,000     4,007,000   1971   March   1996   154,000   212   30 Years

Bethesda Hill Apartments

  Maryland     3,900,000     13,412,000     4,229,000     3,900,000     17,641,000     21,541,000     5,271,000   1986   November   1997   226,000   194   30 Years

Avondale

  Maryland     3,460,000     9,244,000     2,758,000     3,460,000     12,002,000     15,462,000     3,027,000   1987   September   1999   170,000   236   30 Years

Rosslyn Towers (f)

  Virginia     2,861,000     917,000     17,263,000     4,774,000     16,267,000     21,041,000     6,000   1957   February   2001   —     —     -
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

             
 
   
        $ 19,092,000   $ 60,848,000   $ 73,661,000   $ 21,005,000   $ 132,596,000   $ 153,601,000   $ 45,943,000               1,729,000   2,095    
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

             
 
   

Industrial Properties

                                                                     

Fullerton Business Center

  Virginia   $ 950,000   $ 3,317,000   $ 958,000   $ 950,000   $ 4,275,000   $ 5,225,000   $ 1,970,000   1980   September   1985   104,000       50 Years

Charleston Business Center

  Maryland     2,045,000     2,091,000     717,000     2,045,000     2,808,000     4,853,000     786,000   1973   November   1993   85,000       50 Years

Tech 100 Industrial Park

  Maryland     2,086,000     4,744,000     928,000     2,086,000     5,672,000     7,758,000     2,301,000   1990   May   1995   167,000       30 Years

Crossroads Distribution Center

  Maryland     894,000     1,946,000     808,000     894,000     2,754,000     3,648,000     864,000   1987   December   1995   85,000       30 Years

The Alban Business Center

  Virginia     878,000     3,298,000     411,000     878,000     3,709,000     4,587,000     1,347,000   1981/1982   October   1996   87,000       30 Years

The Earhart Building

  Virginia     916,000     4,129,000     1,404,000     916,000     5,533,000     6,449,000     1,878,000   1987   December   1996   93,000       30 Years

Ammendale Technology Park I

  Maryland     1,335,000     6,466,000     1,489,000     1,335,000     7,955,000     9,290,000     2,902,000   1985   February   1997   167,000       30 Years

Ammendale Technology Park II

  Maryland     862,000     4,996,000     1,111,000     862,000     6,107,000     6,969,000     1,916,000   1986   February   1997   108,000       30 Years

Pickett Industrial Park

  Virginia     3,300,000     4,920,000     1,020,000     3,300,000     5,940,000     9,240,000     1,761,000   1973   October   1997   246,000       30 Years

Northern Virginia Industrial Park

  Virginia     4,971,000     25,670,000     8,690,000     4,971,000     34,360,000     39,331,000     9,825,000   1968/1991   May   1998   788,000       30 Years

8900 Telegraph Road

  Virginia     372,000     1,489,000     153,000     372,000     1,642,000     2,014,000     500,000   1985   September   1998   32,000       30 Years

Dulles South IV

  Virginia     913,000     5,997,000     223,000     913,000     6,220,000     7,133,000     1,482,000   1988   January   1999   83,000       30 Years

Sully Square

  Virginia     1,052,000     6,506,000     234,000     1,052,000     6,740,000     7,792,000     1,532,000   1986   April   1999   95,000       30 Years

Amvax

  Virginia     246,000     1,987,000     -4,000     246,000     1,983,000     2,229,000     414,000   1986   September   1999   31,000       30 Years

Sullyfield Center (a)

  Virginia     2,803,000     19,711,000     674,000     2,803,000     20,385,000     23,188,000     2,855,000   1985   November   2001   245,000       30 Years

Fullerton Industrial (a)

  Virginia     2,465,000     8,397,000     201,000     2,465,000     8,598,000     11,063,000     862,000   1980/1982   January   2003   137,000       30 Years

8880 Gorman Road

  Maryland     1,771,000     9,230,000     89,000     1,771,000     9,319,000     11,090,000     626,000   2000   March   2004   141,000       30 Years

Dulles Business Park (a)

  Virginia     6,085,000     50,504,000     278,000     6,085,000     50,782,000     56,867,000     2,084,000   1999/2004/2005   December/
April
  ‘04/’05   325,000       30 Years

Albermarle Point

  Virginia     6,159,000     40,154,000     1,000     6,158,000     40,156,000     46,314,000     734,000   2001/2003/2005   July   2005   206,000       30 Years
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

             
 
   
        $ 40,103,000   $ 205,552,000   $ 19,385,000   $ 40,102,000   $ 224,938,000   $ 265,040,000   $ 36,639,000               3,225,000   —      
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

             
 
   

Total

      $ 255,932,000   $ 819,840,000   $ 233,388,000   $ 258,275,000   $ 1,050,885,000   $ 1,309,160,000   $ 240,153,000               10,303,000   2,095    
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

             
 
   

Notes:

(a) At December 31, 2005, our properties were encumbered by non-recourse mortgage amounts as follows: $13,700,000 on the Ashby, $7,755,000 on Country Club Towers, $10,560,000 on Munson Hill Towers, $9,625,000 on Park Adams, $8,360,000 on Roosevelt Towers, $8,144,000 on Sullyfield Center, $6,292,000 on Fullerton Industrial Center, $10,855,000 on Shady Grove Medical Village II, $24,687,000 on Frederick Crossing, $48,196,000 on Prosperity Medical Center and $21,443,000 on Dulles Business Park.

 

(b) The purchase cost of real estate investments has been divided between land and buildings and improvements on the basis of management’s determination of the relative fair values.

 

(c) At December 31, 2005, total land, buildings and improvements are carried at $1,372,726,000 for federal income tax purposes.

 

(d) The useful life shown is for the main structure. Buildings and improvements are depreciated over various useful lives ranging from 3 to 50 years.

 

(e) Residential properties are presented in gross square feet.

 

(f) As of December 31, 2005, we had under development a residential and retail project with 224 apartment units and 5,900 square feet of retail space in Arlington, VA (Rosslyn Towers), a mixed-use project with 75 residential units and 2,600 square feet of retail space in Alexandria, VA (South Washington Street), and a 5.27 acre development site located along the Dulles Toll Road which is to be developed in two phases to include approximately 540,000 square feet of office and retail space (Dulles Station).

 

87


WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

SUMMARY OF REAL ESTATE INVESTMENTS AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

(IN THOUSANDS)

 

The following is a reconciliation of real estate assets and accumulated depreciation for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003:

 

(In Thousands)


   2005

    2004

    2003

 

Real Estate Assets

                        

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 1,162,448     $ 1,052,866     $ 850,805  

Additions—property acquisitions*

     149,696       85,047       176,156  

—improvements*

     50,858       33,439       27,391  

Deductions—write-off of disposed assets

     (4,099 )     (182 )     (1,486 )

Deductions—property sales

     (49,743 )     (8,722 )     —    
    


 


 


Balance, end of period

   $ 1,309,160     $ 1,162,448     $ 1,052,866  
    


 


 


Accumulated Depreciation

                        

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 213,173     $ 177,640     $ 146,912  

Additions—depreciation

     43,876       37,387       32,214  

Deductions—write-off of disposed assets

     (4,099 )     (182 )     (1,486 )

Deductions—property sales

     (12,797 )     (1,672 )     —    
    


 


 


Balance, end of period

   $ 240,153     $ 213,173     $ 177,640  
    


 


 



* Includes non-cash accruals for capital items and assumed mortgage.

 

88


SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has fully caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST

/s/Edmund B. Cronin, Jr.

 


Edmund B. Cronin, Jr.

Chairman of the Board, President and

Chief Executive Officer

/s/Laura M. Franklin

 


Laura M. Franklin

Senior Vice President

Accounting, Administration and

Corporate Secretary

/s/ Sara L. Grootwassink

 


Sara L. Grootwassink

Chief Financial Officer

 

Date: March 16, 2006

EX10_PCOV

 

WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST

 

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

Effective January 1, 2005

 

November 1, 2005


EX10_PTOC

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          PAGE

ARTICLE

         

Article I.

  

Definitions

   1

Article II.

  

Eligibility and Participation

   2

Article III.

  

Participants’ Accounts

   2

Article IV.

  

Vesting

   3

Article V.

  

Funding

   4

Article VI.

  

Payment of Benefits

   4

Article VII.

  

Administration

   6

Article VIII.

  

Miscellaneous

   7

Appendix A

  

Designated Participants

   9


EX 10_P

 

Washington Real Estate Investment Trust

 

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

This is the Washington Real Estate Investment Trust Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), as adopted effective January 1, 2005. The Plan is intended to provide selected executives of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust (“WRIT”) with supplemental retirement benefits that are reflective of their special contributions to the success of WRIT and that are competitive with the compensation of similarly-situated executive positions.

 

This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained by WRIT primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as described in sections 201(2), 301(3) and 401(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). This Plan is also intended to comply with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

 

When used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

1.1    “Account” means the bookkeeping account maintained for each Participant on the books of WRIT to which Employer Allocations, and earnings and losses, thereon, are credited.

 

1.2    “Annual Allocation Rate” means the percentage of a Participant’s annual base salary that will be allocated to the Plan shown in Appendix A.

 

1.3    “Beneficiary” means the Participant’s spouse or other person or persons designated by the Participant in the manner prescribed by the Committee to receive his Account balance under the Plan, in the event of his death prior to full payment of his Account balance. If a Participant has no spouse and makes no effective Beneficiary designation, then the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate.

 

1.4    “ Board ” means the Board of Trustees of WRIT.

 

1.5    “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.6    “ Committee ” means the individual or committee appointed by WRIT to administer this Plan.

 

1.7    “ Date of Participation ” means the date an Employee becomes a Participant in the Plan, as set forth in Section 2.1.

 

1.8    “ Effective Date ” means January 1, 2005.

 

1.9    “ Employee ” means an Officer or other executive employee of WRIT.

 

1.10    “ Employer Allocation ” means an amount allocated to the Participant’s Account in accordance with Section 3.1.

 

1.11    “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

1.12    “ Investment Funds ” means the investment vehicles selected by the Committee to be used as measurements for the returns on Participants’ Accounts, as provided in Article III.

 

1.13    “ Officer ” means an Employee who is a corporate officer of WRIT.

 

Page 1 of 9


1.14    “ Participant ” means an Employee who becomes a Participant as provided in Section 2.1.

 

1.15    “ Plan ” means the Washington Real Estate Investment Trust Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as set forth herein and as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.16    “ Plan Year ” means the calendar year, beginning with calendar year 2005.

 

1.17    “ Prohibited Competition ” means the Participant’s employment by, service as a director of, or provision of consulting services to, any real estate investment trust located within a reasonable commuting distance (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion) of WRIT or the residence of the Participant at the time of his termination of employment with WRIT, during the 24-month period that begins upon the Participant’s voluntary termination of employment with WRIT, other than his retirement on or after his 65 th birthday.

 

1.18    “ Savings Plan ” means the Washington Real Estate Investment Trust Employees’ 401(k) Plan, a qualified plan under section 401(k) of the Code which includes a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under section 401(a) of the Code.

 

1.19    “ Total and Permanent Disability ” means any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as a result of which the Participant is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of WRIT.

 

ARTICLE II. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

2.1     Participation . An Employee shall become a Participant upon his designation and approval for participation by the Board. Employees who have been designated and approved as Participants and their Dates of Participation are listed in Appendix A.

 

2.2     Cessation of Participation . A Participant shall cease to be a Participant on the earlier of the following dates: (a) the date of his termination of employment for any reason, or (b) the date the Board determines that he shall no longer be a Participant. A Participant whose participation is terminated shall nevertheless remain entitled to receive the vested balance of his Account (as determined under Article IV) in accordance with Article VI.

 

ARTICLE III. PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS

 

3.1     Employer Allocation . WRIT shall allocate to each Participant’s Account for each calendar month, or portion thereof, in which an Employee is a Participant an amount equal to the product of “A” and “B”, where:

 

“A” equals the Participant’s monthly rate of base salary as of the first of that month, and

 

“B” equals 1/12 of the Annual Allocation Rate shown in Appendix A.

 

3.2     Crediting of Accounts . Employer Allocations under Section 3.1 shall be credited to the respective Accounts of the Participants for whom they are made as soon as practicable after the beginning of the calendar month to which they relate, or at such subsequent date during the Plan Year as the Committee, at its discretion, determines is most practicable.

 

3.3 Investment Elections . In accordance with Article V, the Committee shall select Investment Funds to be used as measurements of investment returns on the Participants’ Accounts, which

 

Page 2 of 9


Investment Funds shall be similar to the Investment Funds available under the Savings Plan. A Participant may specify the percentage of Employer Allocations to his Account to be credited with the investment returns earned by each such Investment Fund by filing an investment election form with the Committee in accordance with procedures established by the Committee. These procedures shall be similar to those used under the Savings Plan. The Participant may change his Investment Fund selections for future Employer Allocations, or for amounts already credited to his Account, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee that are similar to those used under the Savings Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, WRIT reserves the right to disregard the Participant’s investment selections to the extent necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences. In addition, prior to the establishment of the Investment Funds, the Committee shall credit or debit a Participant’s Account with the investment returns determined by reference to a recognized index or a reasonable interest rate selected by the Committee in its discretion.

 

3.4 Crediting of Investment Returns to Accounts . The Committee shall credit or debit each of the Participant’s Account with the investment returns attributable to the balance of that Account, to the extent practicable, at the times such investment returns are credited or debited under the trust accounts established in accordance Article V.

 

ARTICLE IV. VESTING

 

4.1     Conditional Vesting Schedule . Subject to the forfeiture provisions of Sections 4.3 and 4.4, a Participant shall become 100% vested in his Account Balance on the first to occur of the following events:

 

4.1.1    the Participant’s attainment of age 55 and completion of 20 years of continuous employment with WRIT, if the Participant is employed by WRIT on such date;

 

4.1.2    in the case of a Participant whose Date of Participation is January 1, 2006 or earlier, the tenth anniversary of his continuous employment with WRIT; or.

 

4.1.3    in the case of a Participant whose Date of Participation is after January 1, 2006, the tenth anniversary of his Date of Participation, provided he has been continuously employed by WRIT from his Date of Participation through the tenth anniversary of such date.

 

4.2     Events of Unconditional Vesting . Notwithstanding anything in this Article IV to the contrary, a Participant shall be 100% vested in his Account upon the earliest to occur of the following events:

 

4.2.1    the Participant’s 65 th birthday, if the Participant is employed by WRIT on such date;

 

4.2.2    the Participant’s death, if the Participant dies while employed by WRIT or following his retirement or voluntary termination on or after an event of conditional vesting under Section 4.1 without having engaged in Prohibited Competition;

 

4.2.3    the date the Participant sustains a Total and Permanent Disability, if the Participant terminates employment with WRIT on account of such Total and Permanent Disability;

 

4.2.4    the involuntary discharge of the Participant by WRIT, other than for “cause,” as defined in Section 4.5; or

 

4.2.5    if a Participant has retired or otherwise voluntarily terminated employment before his 65 th birthday or after conditionally vesting in his Account under Section 4.1, the Participant’s completion of the 24-month period following such retirement or other employment termination without having engaged in Prohibited Competition.

 

Page 3 of 9


4.3     Prohibited Competition Following Retirement or Voluntary Termination of Employment . Notwithstanding Section 4.1, a Participant who retires or otherwise voluntarily terminates his employment with WRIT on or after an event of conditional vesting under Section 4.1, and thereafter engages in Prohibited Competition shall forfeit his entire Account. Such forfeiture shall occur as of the first day the Participant engages in Prohibited Competition.

 

4.4     Termination by WRIT For Cause . Notwithstanding Section 4.1, if a Participant is discharged from employment for “cause,” as defined in Section 4.5, his entire Account shall be forfeited upon the date of his discharge.

 

4.5     Cause Defined . For purposes of this Plan, “cause” means any of the following:

 

4.5.1    commission by a Participant of a felony or crime of moral turpitude

 

4.5.2    conduct by a Participant in the performance of his duties which is illegal, dishonest, fraudulent or disloyal;

 

4.5.3    the breach by a Participant of any fiduciary duty the Participant owes to WRIT; or

 

4.5.4    gross neglect of duty or poor performance by the Participant which is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of WRIT within 30 days of the Participant’s receipt of written notice from WRIT advising the Participant of said gross neglect or poor performance.

 

4.6     Committee Determination . The Committee in its sole discretion shall determine the application of the “for cause” conditions of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE V. FUNDING

 

5.1     Funding . WRIT shall establish a grantor trust for the purpose of maintaining Participant Accounts. The trust so created shall conform to the terms of the model trust provided by the Internal Revenue Service as described in Revenue Procedure 92-64. Investment allocations shall be determined and maintained in accordance with Section 3.3. Notwithstanding the establishment of such trust, it is the intention of WRIT and the Participants that the Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. The Plan constitutes a mere promise by WRIT to pay benefits in the future. To the extent that any Participant or any other person acquires a right to receive benefits under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of WRIT.

 

ARTICLE VI. PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

 

6.1     Early Retirement or Voluntary Termination of Employment . If a Participant retires or otherwise voluntarily terminates employment after conditionally vesting in his Account under the provisions of Section 4.1, but prior to his 65 th birthday, and does not engage in Prohibited Competition following such early retirement or other voluntary termination during the 24-month period following the date of such termination, he shall be entitled to receive the entire balance of his Account upon unconditionally vesting in his Account under Section 4.2.4. Such benefits shall be paid, or shall begin to be paid, as soon as administratively practicable after the completion of such 24-month period in the manner determined under Section 6.6. If, however, the Participant dies during such 24-month period following his termination without having engaged in Prohibited Competition, his Beneficiary shall be paid the entire balance of his Account as soon as administratively practicable following his death.

 

6.2     Retirement On or After Age 65 . If a Participant retires or otherwise terminates employment on or after his 65 th birthday, he shall be entitled to receive the entire balance of his Account as of the

 

Page 4 of 9


date six months after the date of his retirement. Such benefits shall be paid, or shall begin to be paid, as soon as administratively practicable after the expiration of such six-month period in the manner determined under Section 6.6. If, however, the Participant dies during the six-month period following his retirement, his Beneficiary shall be paid the entire balance of his Account as soon as practicable after his death.

 

6.3     Termination of Employment on Account of Death . If a Participant’s employment terminates on account of death, his Beneficiary shall be paid the entire balance of his Account as soon as administratively practicable following his death.

 

6.4     Termination of Employment on Account of Total and Permanent Disability . A Participant who terminates employment on account of Total and Permanent Disability shall be entitled to receive the entire balance of his Account as of his termination of employment. Such benefits shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable after his termination in the manner determined under Section 6.6.

 

6.5     Involuntary Discharge By WRIT Other Than For “Cause” . If a Participant is involuntarily discharged by WRIT other than for “cause” as defined in Section 4.5, he shall be entitled to receive the entire balance of his Account no sooner than the date which is six months after the date of his discharge and as soon as administratively practicable thereafter. Such benefits shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable after the expiration of such six-month period in the manner determined under Section 6.6. If the Participant dies during such six-month period, his Beneficiary shall be paid the entire balance of his Account as soon as practicable after his death.

 

6.6     Form of Payment . All payments to a Participant (or a Participant’s beneficiary, in the event of the Participant’s death) of the balance of the Participant’s Account shall be made in the form of a single cash lump sum, as of the date the Participant is entitled to receive the balance of his Account as determined under this Article VI, except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.6.

 

6.6.1     Installment Payment Option . If the Participant has made a valid and irrevocable election to receive all or a portion of his Account in substantially equal monthly installments (adjusted to reflect earnings through the date of payment) over a period of 10 years, that portion of his Account to which his election applies shall begin to be paid as of the date on which he would have been entitled to receive the entire balance of his Account, but for his election, and shall continue to be paid in monthly installments until all installments have been paid and the Account is exhausted or the date of the Participant’s death, if sooner. In the event of the Participant’s death with any balance remaining in his Account, the balance shall be paid in a cash lump sum to the Participant’s Beneficiary as soon as practicable after the Participant’s death.

 

6.6.2     Election Requirements . An election of installment payments shall be valid only if such election is made:

 

6.6.2.1    within 30 days after the date the Participant first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan;

 

6.6.2.2    only with respect to that portion of the Participant’s Account that is attributable to Employer Allocations made for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year during which such election is made; or

 

6.6.3.3    at least 12 months before the cash lump sum otherwise would have been paid and results in the deferral of the first installment payment for a period of at least five years from the date such cash lump sum would have been paid.

 

Page 5 of 9


Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.6 to the contrary, an election to receive installment payments in lieu of a cash lump sum shall be valid only to the extent such election shall not cause the Plan to violate section 409A of the Code.

 

ARTICLE VII. ADMINISTRATION

 

7.1     Plan Interpretation . The Committee shall have the authority to interpret the Plan and to determine the amount and time of payment of benefits and other issues arising in the administration of the Plan. Any construction or interpretation of the Plan and any determination of fact in administering the Plan made in good faith by the Committee shall be final and conclusive for all Plan purposes.

 

7.2     Claims Procedure .

 

7.2.1     Initial Determination . Upon presentation to the Committee of a claim for benefits under the Plan, the Committee shall make a determination of the validity thereof. If the determination is adverse to the claimant, the Committee shall furnish to the claimant within 90 days after the receipt of the claim a written notice setting forth the following:

 

a)    the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

b)    specific references to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based;

 

c)    a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

d)    a description of the Plan’s review procedures, and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse determination.

 

If it is necessary to extend the period of time for making a decision beyond 90 days after the receipt of the request, the claimant shall be notified in writing of the extension of time prior to the beginning of such extension. In no event shall the extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of the initial 90-day period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefit determination.

 

7.2.2     Appeal Procedure . In the event of a denial of a claim, the claimant or his duly authorized representative may appeal such denial to the Committee for a full and fair review of the adverse determination. The claimant’s request for review must be in writing and made to the Committee within 60 days after receipt by the claimant of the written notification described in Section 7.2.1; provided, however, that such 60-day period shall be extended if circumstances so warrant. The claimant or his duly authorized representative shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to his claim, which shall be given full consideration by the Committee in its review. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, conduct a hearing. A request for a hearing made by the claimant will be given full consideration. At such hearing, the claimant shall be entitled to appear and present evidence and be represented by counsel.

 

7.2.3     Decision on Appeal . A recommendation on a request for review shall be made by the Committee to the Board, and a decision shall be made by the Board not later than 60 days after receipt of the request; provided, however, in the event of a hearing or other special circumstances, such decision shall be made not later than 120 days after receipt of such request. If it is necessary to extend the period of time for making a decision beyond 60 days after the receipt of the request, the claimant

 

Page 6 of 9


shall be notified in writing of the extension of time prior to the beginning of such extension. The Board’s decision on review, if adverse to the claimant, shall state in writing the specific reasons and references to the Plan provisions on which it is based. Such decision shall be promptly provided to the claimant.

 

7.2.4     Arbitration . In the event that the Board’s decision on review is adverse to the claimant, the claimant or his duly authorized representative may appeal such decision by submitting a request for arbitration to the American Arbitration Association within 60 days after receipt by the claimant of the written notification described in Section 7.2.3. Such appeal shall be adjudicated in Washington, D. C. by a single independent arbitrator pursuant to the Employee Benefits Plan Claims Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on all parties hereto and judgment may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Each party shall bear its own costs in any arbitration proceeding held hereunder and the parties shall share the cost of the arbitrator.

 

ARTICLE VIII. MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1     No Effect on Employment Rights . Nothing contained herein will confer upon any Participant the right to be retained in the service of WRIT nor limit the right of WRIT to discharge any Participant.

 

8.2     Spendthrift Provisions . No benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge prior to actual receipt thereof by the payee; and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge prior to such receipt shall be void; and WRIT shall not be liable in any manner for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person entitled to any benefit under the Plan.

 

8.3     Governing Law . The Plan is established under and will be construed according to the laws of the State of Maryland (without regard to its conflict of laws provisions), to the extent that such laws are not preempted by ERISA and valid regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

8.4     Incapacity of Recipient . In the event a Participant is declared incompetent and a conservator or other person legally charged with the care of the person or the estate of such Participant is appointed, any benefits under the Plan to which such Participant is entitled shall be paid to the conservator or other person legally charged with the care of such Participant. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, should the Committee, in its discretion, determine that a Participant is unable to manage his personal affairs, the Committee may make distributions to any person for the benefit of such Participant, provided the Committee makes a reasonable good faith judgment that such person shall expend the funds so distributed for the benefit of such Participant.

 

8.5     Taxes . Any taxes imposed upon a Participant as a result of his participation in the Plan shall be the sole responsibility of the Participant. WRIT shall have the right to deduct from the Participant’s compensation or any payment made pursuant to this Plan any federal, state, local or other taxes required to be deducted or withheld from such compensation or payment, as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion.

 

8.6     Amendment or Termination . WRIT reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan by or pursuant to action of the Board when, in the sole opinion of WRIT, an amendment or termination is advisable. Any amendment or termination shall be made pursuant to a resolution of the Board and shall be effective as of the date of the resolution. No amendment or termination of the Plan shall directly or indirectly deprive any Participant of all or any portion of the Participant’s Account considered to be vested under the Plan before the date of amendment or termination. Further, no amendment or termination of the Plan shall cause benefits under the Plan to be distributed except at the time and in

 

Page 7 of 9


the form provided under Article VI. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, however, if the Plan is terminated under circumstances with respect to which an acceleration of benefit payments would be permitted under final regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Treasury under section 409A of the Code, WRIT reserves the discretion to distribute benefits in accordance with the requirements of such regulations.

 

8.7     Entire Agreement . Except with respect to any retirement plan maintained or contributed to by WRIT for the benefit of a substantial number of its full-time employees, this Plan constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between WRIT and the Participants with respect to the provision of retirement benefits to the Participants.

 

8.8     Severability . If any provision of this Plan conflicts with the law under which the Plan is to be construed or is determined to be invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, such provision shall be deleted from the Plan and the Plan shall be construed to give full force and effect to the remaining provisions thereof.

 

8.9     Construction . The masculine gender shall include the feminine and the singular the plural, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

To record its adoption of the Plan, Washington Real Estate Investment Trust has caused its authorized officers to affix its corporate name and seal this 19 day of November, 2005.

 

WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE

INVESTMENT TRUST

By:

 

/s/ Laura M. Franklin


Title:

 

Corporate Secretary

 

Page 8 of 9


Appendix A

 

Designated Participants

 

Participant Name


  

Date of Participation


  

Annual Allocation Rate


George McKenzie

   January 1, 2005    19.0%

Laura Franklin

   January 1, 2005    13.0%

Tom Regnell

   January 1, 2005    16.0%

Sara Grootwassink

   January 1, 2005      9.5%

Brad Cederdahl

   January 1, 2006    13.5%

David DiNardo

   July 1, 2005    15.5%

Chris Mundy

   January 1, 2006    14.5%

 

Page 9 of 9

Exhibit 10(q)

 

LOGO

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

FOR MANAGING DIRECTORS

 

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 22 nd day of May, 2003, by and between Washington Real Estate Investment Trust, a real estate investment trust organized under the laws of the State of Maryland (the “Trust”), and Thomas L. Regnell (“Employee”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee currently is employed in a key position with the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties believe it is in their mutual best interests to reach an understanding concerning the Trust’s obligations to continue Employee’s compensation and certain health benefits should Employee’s employment be terminated under certain conditions described herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to the following terms:

 

1.     Definitions : For the purposes of this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

A.     Change in Control : “Change in Control” means an event or occurrence set forth in any one or more of subsections (i) through (iv) below (including any event or occurrence that constitutes a Change in Control under one of such subsections but is specifically exempted from another such subsection):

 

(i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any shares of beneficial interest in the Trust if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) 40% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest in the Trust (the “Outstanding Trust Shares”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest the Trust entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees (the “Outstanding Trust Voting Shares”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Trust or any corporation controlled by the Trust, or (B) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A) and (B) of subsection (iii) of this Section 1(A); or

 

(ii) such time as the Continuing Trustees (as defined below) do not constitute a majority of the Board (or, if applicable, the Board of Directors or Trustees of a successor corporation or other entity to the Trust), where the term “Continuing Trustee” means at any date a member of the Board (A) who was a member of the Board on the date hereof or (B) who was nominated or elected subsequent to the date hereof with the approval of other Board members who themselves constitute Continuing Trustees at the time of such nomination or election; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from this clause (B) any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of trustees or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or

 

Page 1 of 5


(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or statutory share exchange involving the Trust or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust in one or a series of transactions (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, each of the following two conditions is satisfied: (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares or stock, as the case may be, entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees, or directors, as the case may be, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation or other entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Trust or substantially all of the Trust’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (such resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity referred to herein as the “Acquiring Entity”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares, respectively; and (B) no Person (excluding the Acquiring Entity or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) maintained or sponsored by the Trust or by the Acquiring Entity) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 40% or more of the then outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, of the Acquiring Entity, or of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees or directors, as the case may be; or

 

(iv) approval by the shareholders of the Trust of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Trust.

 

B.     Involuntarily Terminated : Employee’s employment will be deemed to have been involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control if, on or after the date on which a Change in Control occurs, (i) Employee’s employment is terminated by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust without cause or (ii) Employee resigns because Employee’s duties, responsibilities or compensation are diminished; provided that if a termination otherwise covered by (i) or (ii) occurs during the ninety (90) day period before the date on which a Change in Control occurs, the termination will be presumed to be due to the Change in Control unless the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust can show, through a preponderance of the evidence, that the termination did not occur because of the impending Change in Control.

 

C.     Termination For Cause : A termination for cause shall be deemed to occur only if the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust terminates Employee’s employment for any of the following reasons: 1) commission by Employee of a felony or crime of moral turpitude; 2) conduct by Employee in the performance of Employee’s duties which is illegal, dishonest, fraudulent or disloyal; 3) the breach by Employee of any fiduciary duty Employee owes to the Trust; or 4) gross neglect of duty or poor performance which is not cured by Employee to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trust within 30 days of Employee’s receipt of written notice from the Trust advising Employee of said gross neglect or poor performance.

 

2.     Termination Benefits : In the event Employee’s employment with the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust is involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control but not for cause, and such termination occurs within 12 months of the Change in Control, the Trust or the successor owner shall provide Employee with the following termination benefits:

 

A.     continuation of Employee’s base salary at the rate in effect as of the termination date for a period of 12 months from the date of termination (in the event of Employee’s death, said salary shall be paid to Employee’s estate);

 

Page 2 of 5


B.     payment of an annual bonus for each calendar year or partial calendar year in which Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above, in an amount equal to the average annual bonus received by Employee during the three years prior to the involuntary termination, provided that, if Employee was employed for fewer than three years prior to the termination, the bonus will be based on the average of the bonuses received by Employee in the year or years Employee received a bonus; and provided further, that if Employee receives salary continuation for a partial calendar year pursuant to Section 2(A) above, the bonus will be pro-rated to reflect the number of full months Employee receives such salary continuation in such calendar year, rounded to the nearest number of months;

 

C.     the Trust will pay the full cost for Employee to continue coverage under the Trust’s group health insurance plan pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) for the period of time Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above up to a maximum of 18 months or until Employee obtains other comparable coverage, whichever is sooner;

 

D.     immediate vesting in all then unvested options granted to Employee under the Trust’s Incentive Stock Option Plan and immediate vesting in all unvested accrued dividend equivalent units under the Trust’s Dividend Equivalent Plan, and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to exercise all or any of such options and to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

E.     immediate vesting in all then unvested share grants granted to Employee under the Trust’s Share Grant Plan and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

F.     if, by virtue of receipt of the Termination Benefits described above, Employee is subject to excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Trust or its successor owner shall make a supplemental cash payment to Employee no later than sixty (60) days after the date upon which Employee presents to the Trust or its successor owner a letter setting forth a reasonable basis upon which Employee or Employee’s advisors have determined that such excise tax is applicable to Employee. The amount of such supplemental payment shall be equal to such amount as will provide Employee with funds equal to (i) the excise tax attributable to the Termination Benefits; (ii) any excise tax attributable to the supplemental payment itself; and (iii) any federal or local income taxes attributable to the supplemental payment itself, it being the intention of the parties that Employee be placed in the same position for Federal and local income tax purposes as if Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code had no application to Employee.

 

3.     Mitigation : If a Change in Control occurs while Employee is employed by the Trust, and Employee’s employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of the Change in Control, Employee shall have no obligation to seek other employment in order to mitigate the payment of the Termination Benefits described in paragraph 2 hereunder; provided, that should Employee continue to be employed by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust after a Change in Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to receive the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder shall be reduced for one-half of that period of time (rounded to the nearest month) that Employee continues

 

Page 3 of 5


to be thus employed after the Change in Control occurs without being involuntarily terminated. For example, should Employee continue to be thus employed for ten (10) months after the Change in Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) would be reduced by five (5) months. If Employee (despite the lack of obligation to seek other employment) does in fact obtain other employment, the compensation to Employee from such other employment shall not be applied as an offset to Employee’s Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder.

 

4.     Limitations of Agreement : Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Trust or its successor owner to continue to employ Employee for any definite period of time. Either Employee or the Trust may terminate the employment relationship at any time with or without cause, unless otherwise expressly required by law or contract, and provided that the terms of this Agreement are observed.

 

5.     Arbitration : Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement which cannot be resolved informally by the parties shall be submitted to arbitration and adjudicated in Washington, D.C. pursuant to the commercial rules (single arbitrator) of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on all parties hereto. Each party shall bear its own costs in any arbitration proceeding held hereunder and the parties shall share the costs of the arbitrator.

 

6.     Severability : In the event that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the law under which this Agreement is to be construed, or if any such provision is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, such provision shall be deleted from this Agreement and the Agreement shall be construed to give full effect to the remaining provisions thereof.

 

7.     Governing Law : This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and governed according to the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

8.     Assignability : Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

 

9.     Entire Agreement : This Agreement contains and represents the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, representations or understandings, oral or written, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof, which are hereby terminated and of no further force or effect. This Agreement may not be modified or amended in any way unless in a writing signed by both parties.

 

10.     Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original and together which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Page 4 of 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, to be effective as of the day first above written.

 

EMPLOYEE

     

WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST

LOGO


     

By:

 

LOGO


Print Name: 

 

Thomas L. Regnell


     

Title:

 

Chairman/President/CEO


Date:

 

5/22/03


     

Date: 

 

5/22/03


 

Page 5 of 5

Exhibit 10(r)

 

LOGO

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

FOR MANAGING DIRECTORS

 

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 13th day of June, 2005, by and between Washington Real Estate Investment Trust, a real estate investment trust organized under the laws of the State of Maryland (the “Trust”), and David A. DiNardo (“Employee”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee currently is employed in a key position with the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties believe it is in their mutual best interests to reach an understanding concerning the Trust’s obligations to continue Employee’s compensation and certain health benefits should Employee’s employment be terminated under certain conditions described herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to the following terms:

 

1.     Definitions : For the purposes of this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

A.     Change in Control : “Change in Control” means an event or occurrence set forth in any one or more of subsections (i) through (iv) below (including any event or occurrence that constitutes a Change in Control under one of such subsections but is specifically exempted from another such subsection):

 

(i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any shares of beneficial interest in the Trust if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) 40% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest in the Trust (the “Outstanding Trust Shares”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest the Trust entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees (the “Outstanding Trust Voting Shares”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Trust or any corporation controlled by the Trust, or (B) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A) and (B) of subsection (iii) of this Section 1(A); or

 

(ii) such time as the Continuing Trustees (as defined below) do not constitute a majority of the Board (or, if applicable, the Board of Directors or Trustees of a successor corporation or other entity to the Trust), where the term “Continuing Trustee” means at any date a member of the Board (A) who was a member of the Board on the date hereof or (B) who was nominated or elected subsequent to the date hereof with the approval of other Board members who themselves constitute Continuing Trustees at the time of such nomination or election; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from this clause (B) any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of trustees or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or

 

Page 1 of 5


(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or statutory share exchange involving the Trust or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust in one or a series of transactions (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, each of the following two conditions is satisfied: (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares or stock, as the case may be, entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees, or directors, as the case may be, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation or other entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Trust or substantially all of the Trust’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (such resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity referred to herein as the “Acquiring Entity”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares, respectively; and (B) no Person (excluding the Acquiring Entity or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) maintained or sponsored by the Trust or by the Acquiring Entity) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 40% or more of the then outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, of the Acquiring Entity, or of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees or directors, as the case may be; or

 

(iv) approval by the shareholders of the Trust of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Trust.

 

B.     Involuntarily Terminated : Employee’s employment will be deemed to have been involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control if, on or after the date on which a Change in Control occurs, (i) Employee’s employment is terminated by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust without cause or (ii) Employee resigns because Employee’s duties, responsibilities or compensation are diminished; provided that if a termination otherwise covered by (i) or (ii) occurs during the ninety (90) day period before the date on which a Change in Control occurs, the termination will be presumed to be due to the Change in Control unless the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust can show, through a preponderance of the evidence, that the termination did not occur because of the impending Change in Control.

 

C.     Termination For Cause : A termination for cause shall be deemed to occur only if the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust terminates Employee’s employment for any of the following reasons: 1) commission by Employee of a felony or crime of moral turpitude; 2) conduct by Employee in the performance of Employee’s duties which is illegal, dishonest, fraudulent or disloyal; 3) the breach by Employee of any fiduciary duty Employee owes to the Trust; or 4) gross neglect of duty or poor performance which is not cured by Employee to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trust within 30 days of Employee’s receipt of written notice from the Trust advising Employee of said gross neglect or poor performance.

 

2.     Termination Benefits : In the event Employee’s employment with the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust is involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control but not for cause, and such termination occurs within 12 months of the Change in Control, the Trust or the successor owner shall provide Employee with the following termination benefits:

 

A.     continuation of Employee’s base salary at the rate in effect as of the termination date for a period of 12 months from the date of termination (in the event of Employee’s death, said salary shall be paid to Employee’s estate);

 

Page 2 of 5


B.     payment of an annual bonus for each calendar year or partial calendar year in which Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above, in an amount equal to the average annual bonus received by Employee during the three years prior to the involuntary termination, provided that, if Employee was employed for fewer than three years prior to the termination, the bonus will be based on the average of the bonuses received by Employee in the year or years Employee received a bonus; and provided further, that if Employee receives salary continuation for a partial calendar year pursuant to Section 2(A) above, the bonus will be pro-rated to reflect the number of full months Employee receives such salary continuation in such calendar year, rounded to the nearest number of months;

 

C.     the Trust will pay the full cost for Employee to continue coverage under the Trust’s group health insurance plan pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) for the period of time Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above up to a maximum of 18 months or until Employee obtains other comparable coverage, whichever is sooner;

 

D.     immediate vesting in all then unvested options granted to Employee under the Trust’s Incentive Stock Option Plan and immediate vesting in all unvested accrued dividend equivalent units under the Trust’s Dividend Equivalent Plan, and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to exercise all or any of such options and to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

E.     immediate vesting in all then unvested share grants granted to Employee under the Trust’s Share Grant Plan and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

F.     if, by virtue of receipt of the Termination Benefits described above, Employee is subject to excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Trust or its successor owner shall make a supplemental cash payment to Employee no later than sixty (60) days after the date upon which Employee presents to the Trust or its successor owner a letter setting forth a reasonable basis upon which Employee or Employee’s advisors have determined that such excise tax is applicable to Employee. The amount of such supplemental payment shall be equal to such amount as will provide Employee with funds equal to (i) the excise tax attributable to the Termination Benefits; (ii) any excise tax attributable to the supplemental payment itself; and (iii) any federal or local income taxes attributable to the supplemental payment itself, it being the intention of the parties that Employee be placed in the same position for Federal and local income tax purposes as if Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code had no application to Employee.

 

3.     Mitigation : If a Change in Control occurs while Employee is employed by the Trust, and Employee’s employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of the Change in Control, Employee shall have no obligation to seek other employment in order to mitigate the payment of the Termination Benefits described in paragraph 2 hereunder; provided, that should Employee continue to be employed by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust after a Change in Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to receive the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder shall be reduced for one-half of that period of time (rounded to the nearest month) that Employee continues

 

Page 3 of 5


to be thus employed after the Change in Control occurs without being involuntarily terminated. For example, should Employee continue to be thus employed for ten (10) months after the Change in Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) would be reduced by five (5) months. If Employee (despite the lack of obligation to seek other employment) does in fact obtain other employment, the compensation to Employee from such other employment shall not be applied as an offset to Employee’s Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder.

 

4.     Limitations of Agreement : Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Trust or its successor owner to continue to employ Employee for any definite period of time. Either Employee or the Trust may terminate the employment relationship at any time with or without cause, unless otherwise expressly required by law or contract, and provided that the terms of this Agreement are observed.

 

5.     Arbitration : Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement which cannot be resolved informally by the parties shall be submitted to arbitration and adjudicated in Washington, D.C. pursuant to the commercial rules (single arbitrator) of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on all parties hereto. Each party shall bear its own costs in any arbitration proceeding held hereunder and the parties shall share the costs of the arbitrator.

 

6.     Severability : In the event that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the law under which this Agreement is to be construed, or if any such provision is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, such provision shall be deleted from this Agreement and the Agreement shall be construed to give full effect to the remaining provisions thereof.

 

7.     Governing Law : This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and governed according to the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

8.     Assignability : Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

 

9.     Entire Agreement : This Agreement contains and represents the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, representations or understandings, oral or written, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof, which are hereby terminated and of no further force or effect. This Agreement may not be modified or amended in any way unless in a writing signed by both parties.

 

10.     Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original and together which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Page 4 of 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, to be effective as of the day first above written.

 

EMPLOYEE

     

WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST

LOGO


     

By:

 

LOGO


Print Name: 

 

David A. DiNardo


     

Title:

 

Chairman/President/CEO


Date:

 

6/13/05


     

Date: 

 

6/13/05


 

Page 5 of 5

Exhibit 10(s)

 

LOGO

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

FOR EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT

 

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 22 nd day of May, 2003, by and between Washington Real Estate Investment Trust, a real estate investment trust organized under the laws of the State of Maryland (the “Trust”), and George F. McKenzie (“Employee”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee currently is employed in a key position with the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties believe it is in their mutual best interests to reach an understanding concerning the Trust’s obligations to continue Employee’s compensation and certain health benefits should Employee’s employment be terminated under certain conditions described herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to the following terms:

 

1.     Definitions : For the purposes of this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

A.     Change in Control : “Change in Control” means an event or occurrence set forth in any one or more of subsections (i) through (iv) below (including any event or occurrence that constitutes a Change in Control under one of such subsections but is specifically exempted from another such subsection):

 

(i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any shares of beneficial interest in the Trust if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) 40% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest in the Trust (the “Outstanding Trust Shares”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest the Trust entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees (the “Outstanding Trust Voting Shares”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Trust or any corporation controlled by the Trust, or (B) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A) and (B) of subsection (iii) of this Section 1(A); or

 

(ii) such time as the Continuing Trustees (as defined below) do not constitute a majority of the Board (or, if applicable, the Board of Directors or Trustees of a successor corporation or other entity to the Trust), where the term “Continuing Trustee” means at any date a member of the Board (A) who was a member of the Board on the date hereof or (B) who was nominated or elected subsequent to the date hereof with the approval of other Board members who themselves constitute Continuing Trustees at the time of such nomination or election; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from this clause (B) any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of trustees or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or

 

Page 1 of 5


(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or statutory share exchange involving the Trust or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust in one or a series of transactions (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, each of the following two conditions is satisfied: (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares or stock, as the case may be, entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees, or directors, as the case may be, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation or other entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Trust or substantially all of the Trust’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (such resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity referred to herein as the “Acquiring Entity”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares, respectively; and (B) no Person (excluding the Acquiring Entity or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) maintained or sponsored by the Trust or by the Acquiring Entity) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 40% or more of the then outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, of the Acquiring Entity, or of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees or directors, as the case may be; or

 

(iv) approval by the shareholders of the Trust of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Trust.

 

B.     Involuntarily Terminated : Employee’s employment will be deemed to have been involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control if, on or after the date on which a Change in Control occurs, (i) Employee’s employment is terminated by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust without cause or (ii) Employee resigns because Employee’s duties, responsibilities or compensation are diminished; provided that if a termination otherwise covered by (i) or (ii) occurs during the ninety (90) day period before the date on which a Change in Control occurs, the termination will be presumed to be due to the Change in Control unless the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust can show, through a preponderance of the evidence, that the termination did not occur because of the impending Change in Control.

 

C.     Termination For Cause : A termination for cause shall be deemed to occur only if the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust terminates Employee’s employment for any of the following reasons: 1) commission by Employee of a felony or crime of moral turpitude; 2) conduct by Employee in the performance of Employee’s duties which is illegal, dishonest, fraudulent or disloyal; 3) the breach by Employee of any fiduciary duty Employee owes to the Trust; or 4) gross neglect of duty or poor performance which is not cured by Employee to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trust within 30 days of Employee’s receipt of written notice from the Trust advising Employee of said gross neglect or poor performance.

 

2.     Termination Benefits : In the event Employee’s employment with the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust is involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control but not for cause, and such termination occurs within 24 months of the Change in Control, the Trust or the successor owner shall provide Employee with the following termination benefits:

 

A.     continuation of Employee’s base salary at the rate in effect as of the termination date for a period of 24 months from the date of termination (in the event of Employee’s death, said salary shall be paid to Employee’s estate);

 

Page 2 of 5


B.     payment of an annual bonus for each calendar year or partial calendar year in which Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above, in an amount equal to the average annual bonus received by Employee during the three years prior to the involuntary termination, provided that, if Employee was employed for fewer than three years prior to the termination, the bonus will be based on the average of the bonuses received by Employee in the year or years Employee received a bonus; and provided further, that if Employee receives salary continuation for a partial calendar year pursuant to Section 2(A) above, the bonus will be pro-rated to reflect the number of full months Employee receives such salary continuation in such calendar year, rounded to the nearest number of months;

 

C.     the Trust will pay the full cost for Employee to continue coverage under the Trust’s group health insurance plan pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) for the period of time Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above up to a maximum of 18 months or until Employee obtains other comparable coverage, whichever is sooner;

 

D.     immediate vesting in all then unvested options granted to Employee under the Trust’s Incentive Stock Option Plan and immediate vesting in all unvested accrued dividend equivalent units under the Trust’s Dividend Equivalent Plan, and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to exercise all or any of such options and to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

E.     immediate vesting in all then unvested share grants granted to Employee under the Trust’s Share Grant Plan and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

F.     if, by virtue of receipt of the Termination Benefits described above, Employee is subject to excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Trust or its successor owner shall make a supplemental cash payment to Employee no later than sixty (60) days after the date upon which Employee presents to the Trust or its successor owner a letter setting forth a reasonable basis upon which Employee or Employee’s advisors have determined that such excise tax is applicable to Employee. The amount of such supplemental payment shall be equal to such amount as will provide Employee with funds equal to (i) the excise tax attributable to the Termination Benefits; (ii) any excise tax attributable to the supplemental payment itself; and (iii) any federal or local income taxes attributable to the supplemental payment itself, it being the intention of the parties that Employee be placed in the same position for Federal and local income tax purposes as if Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code had no application to Employee.

 

3.     Mitigation : If a Change in Control occurs while Employee is employed by the Trust, and Employee’s employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of the Change in Control, Employee shall have no obligation to seek other employment in order to mitigate the payment of the Termination Benefits described in paragraph 2 hereunder; provided, that should Employee continue to be employed by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust after a Change in Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to receive the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder shall be reduced for one-half of that period of time (rounded to the nearest month) that Employee continues

 

Page 3 of 5


to be thus employed after the Change in Control occurs without being involuntarily terminated. For example, should Employee continue to be thus employed for ten (10) months after the Change in Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) would be reduced by five (5) months. If Employee (despite the lack of obligation to seek other employment) does in fact obtain other employment, the compensation to Employee from such other employment shall not be applied as an offset to Employee’s Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder.

 

4.     Limitations of Agreement : Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Trust or its successor owner to continue to employ Employee for any definite period of time. Either Employee or the Trust may terminate the employment relationship at any time with or without cause, unless otherwise expressly required by law or contract, and provided that the terms of this Agreement are observed.

 

5.     Arbitration : Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement which cannot be resolved informally by the parties shall be submitted to arbitration and adjudicated in Washington, D.C. pursuant to the commercial rules (single arbitrator) of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on all parties hereto. Each party shall bear its own costs in any arbitration proceeding held hereunder and the parties shall share the costs of the arbitrator.

 

6.     Severability : In the event that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the law under which this Agreement is to be construed, or if any such provision is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, such provision shall be deleted from this Agreement and the Agreement shall be construed to give full effect to the remaining provisions thereof.

 

7.     Governing Law : This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and governed according to the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

8.     Assignability : Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

 

9.     Entire Agreement : This Agreement contains and represents the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, representations or understandings, oral or written, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof, which are hereby terminated and of no further force or effect. This Agreement may not be modified or amended in any way unless in a writing signed by both parties.

 

10.     Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original and together which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Page 4 of 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, to be effective as of the day first above written.

 

EMPLOYEE

     

WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST

LOGO


     

By:

 

LOGO


Print Name: 

 

George McKenzie


     

Title:

 

Chairman, CEO/President


Date:

 

5/22/03


     

Date: 

 

5/22/03


 

Page 5 of 5

Exhibit 10(t)

 

LOGO

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

FOR SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT

 

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 22 nd day of May, 2003, by and between Washington Real Estate Investment Trust, a real estate investment trust organized under the laws of the State of Maryland (the “Trust”), and Laura M. Franklin (“Employee”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee currently is employed in a key position with the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties believe it is in their mutual best interests to reach an understanding concerning the Trust’s obligations to continue Employee’s compensation and certain health benefits should Employee’s employment be terminated under certain conditions described herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to the following terms:

 

1.     Definitions : For the purposes of this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

A.     Change in Control : “Change in Control” means an event or occurrence set forth in any one or more of subsections (i) through (iv) below (including any event or occurrence that constitutes a Change in Control under one of such subsections but is specifically exempted from another such subsection):

 

(i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any shares of beneficial interest in the Trust if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) 40% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest in the Trust (the “Outstanding Trust Shares”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest the Trust entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees (the “Outstanding Trust Voting Shares”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Trust or any corporation controlled by the Trust, or (B) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A) and (B) of subsection (iii) of this Section 1(A); or

 

(ii) such time as the Continuing Trustees (as defined below) do not constitute a majority of the Board (or, if applicable, the Board of Directors or Trustees of a successor corporation or other entity to the Trust), where the term “Continuing Trustee” means at any date a member of the Board (A) who was a member of the Board on the date hereof or (B) who was nominated or elected subsequent to the date hereof with the approval of other Board members who themselves constitute Continuing Trustees at the time of such nomination or election; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from this clause (B) any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of trustees or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or

 

Page 1 of 5


(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or statutory share exchange involving the Trust or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust in one or a series of transactions (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, each of the following two conditions is satisfied: (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares or stock, as the case may be, entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees, or directors, as the case may be, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation or other entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Trust or substantially all of the Trust’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (such resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity referred to herein as the “Acquiring Entity”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares, respectively; and (B) no Person (excluding the Acquiring Entity or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) maintained or sponsored by the Trust or by the Acquiring Entity) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 40% or more of the then outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, of the Acquiring Entity, or of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees or directors, as the case may be; or

 

(iv) approval by the shareholders of the Trust of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Trust.

 

B.     Involuntarily Terminated : Employee’s employment will be deemed to have been involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control if, on or after the date on which a Change in Control occurs, (i) Employee’s employment is terminated by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust without cause or (ii) Employee resigns because Employee’s duties, responsibilities or compensation are diminished; provided that if a termination otherwise covered by (i) or (ii) occurs during the ninety (90) day period before the date on which a Change in Control occurs, the termination will be presumed to be due to the Change in Control unless the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust can show, through a preponderance of the evidence, that the termination did not occur because of the impending Change in Control.

 

C.     Termination For Cause : A termination for cause shall be deemed to occur only if the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust terminates Employee’s employment for any of the following reasons: 1) commission by Employee of a felony or crime of moral turpitude; 2) conduct by Employee in the performance of Employee’s duties which is illegal, dishonest, fraudulent or disloyal; 3) the breach by Employee of any fiduciary duty Employee owes to the Trust; or 4) gross neglect of duty or poor performance which is not cured by Employee to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trust within 30 days of Employee’s receipt of written notice from the Trust advising Employee of said gross neglect or poor performance.

 

2.     Termination Benefits : In the event Employee’s employment with the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust is involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control but not for cause, and such termination occurs within 24 months of the Change in Control, the Trust or the successor owner shall provide Employee with the following termination benefits:

 

A.     continuation of Employee’s base salary at the rate in effect as of the termination date for a period of 24 months from the date of termination (in the event of Employee’s death, said salary shall be paid to Employee’s estate);

 

Page 2 of 5


B.     payment of an annual bonus for each calendar year or partial calendar year in which Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above, in an amount equal to the average annual bonus received by Employee during the three years prior to the involuntary termination, provided that, if Employee was employed for fewer than three years prior to the termination, the bonus will be based on the average of the bonuses received by Employee in the year or years Employee received a bonus; and provided further, that if Employee receives salary continuation for a partial calendar year pursuant to Section 2(A) above, the bonus will be pro-rated to reflect the number of full months Employee receives such salary continuation in such calendar year, rounded to the nearest number of months;

 

C.     the Trust will pay the full cost for Employee to continue coverage under the Trust’s group health insurance plan pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) for the period of time Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above up to a maximum of 18 months or until Employee obtains other comparable coverage, whichever is sooner;

 

D.     immediate vesting in all then unvested options granted to Employee under the Trust’s Incentive Stock Option Plan and immediate vesting in all unvested accrued dividend equivalent units under the Trust’s Dividend Equivalent Plan, and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to exercise all or any of such options and to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

E.     immediate vesting in all then unvested share grants granted to Employee under the Trust’s Share Grant Plan and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

F.     if, by virtue of receipt of the Termination Benefits described above, Employee is subject to excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Trust or its successor owner shall make a supplemental cash payment to Employee no later than sixty (60) days after the date upon which Employee presents to the Trust or its successor owner a letter setting forth a reasonable basis upon which Employee or Employee’s advisors have determined that such excise tax is applicable to Employee. The amount of such supplemental payment shall be equal to such amount as will provide Employee with funds equal to (i) the excise tax attributable to the Termination Benefits; (ii) any excise tax attributable to the supplemental payment itself; and (iii) any federal or local income taxes attributable to the supplemental payment itself, it being the intention of the parties that Employee be placed in the same position for Federal and local income tax purposes as if Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code had no application to Employee.

 

3.     Mitigation : If a Change in Control occurs while Employee is employed by the Trust, and Employee’s employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of the Change in Control, Employee shall have no obligation to seek other employment in order to mitigate the payment of the Termination Benefits described in paragraph 2 hereunder; provided, that should Employee continue to be employed by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust after a Change in Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to receive the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder shall be reduced for one-half of that period of time (rounded to the nearest month) that Employee continues

 

Page 3 of 5


to be thus employed after the Change in Control occurs without being involuntarily terminated. For example, should Employee continue to be thus employed for ten (10) months after the Change in Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) would be reduced by five (5) months. If Employee (despite the lack of obligation to seek other employment) does in fact obtain other employment, the compensation to Employee from such other employment shall not be applied as an offset to Employee’s Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder.

 

4.     Limitations of Agreement : Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Trust or its successor owner to continue to employ Employee for any definite period of time. Either Employee or the Trust may terminate the employment relationship at any time with or without cause, unless otherwise expressly required by law or contract, and provided that the terms of this Agreement are observed.

 

5.     Arbitration : Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement which cannot be resolved informally by the parties shall be submitted to arbitration and adjudicated in Washington, D.C. pursuant to the commercial rules (single arbitrator) of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on all parties hereto. Each party shall bear its own costs in any arbitration proceeding held hereunder and the parties shall share the costs of the arbitrator.

 

6.     Severability : In the event that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the law under which this Agreement is to be construed, or if any such provision is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, such provision shall be deleted from this Agreement and the Agreement shall be construed to give full effect to the remaining provisions thereof.

 

7.     Governing Law : This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and governed according to the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

8.     Assignability : Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

 

9.     Entire Agreement : This Agreement contains and represents the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, representations or understandings, oral or written, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof, which are hereby terminated and of no further force or effect. This Agreement may not be modified or amended in any way unless in a writing signed by both parties.

 

10.     Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original and together which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Page 4 of 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, to be effective as of the day first above written.

 

EMPLOYEE

     

WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST

LOGO


     

By:

 

LOGO


Print Name: 

 

Laura M. Franklin


     

Title

 

Chairman/CEO/President


Date:

 

5/23/03


     

Date: 

 

5/22/03


 

Page 5 of 5

Exhibit 10(u)

 

LOGO

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

FOR MANAGING DIRECTORS

 

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 22 nd day of May, 2003, by and between Washington Real Estate Investment Trust, a real estate investment trust organized under the laws of the State of Maryland (the “Trust”), and Kenneth C. Reed (“Employee”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee currently is employed in a key position with the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties believe it is in their mutual best interests to reach an understanding concerning the Trust’s obligations to continue Employee’s compensation and certain health benefits should Employee’s employment be terminated under certain conditions described herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to the following terms:

 

1.     Definitions : For the purposes of this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

A.     Change in Control : “Change in Control” means an event or occurrence set forth in any one or more of subsections (i) through (iv) below (including any event or occurrence that constitutes a Change in Control under one of such subsections but is specifically exempted from another such subsection):

 

(i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any shares of beneficial interest in the Trust if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) 40% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest in the Trust (the “Outstanding Trust Shares”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest the Trust entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees (the “Outstanding Trust Voting Shares”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Trust or any corporation controlled by the Trust, or (B) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A) and (B) of subsection (iii) of this Section 1(A); or

 

(ii) such time as the Continuing Trustees (as defined below) do not constitute a majority of the Board (or, if applicable, the Board of Directors or Trustees of a successor corporation or other entity to the Trust), where the term “Continuing Trustee” means at any date a member of the Board (A) who was a member of the Board on the date hereof or (B) who was nominated or elected subsequent to the date hereof with the approval of other Board members who themselves constitute Continuing Trustees at the time of such nomination or election; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from this clause (B) any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of trustees or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or

 

Page 1 of 5


(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or statutory share exchange involving the Trust or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust in one or a series of transactions (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, each of the following two conditions is satisfied: (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares or stock, as the case may be, entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees, or directors, as the case may be, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation or other entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Trust or substantially all of the Trust’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (such resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity referred to herein as the “Acquiring Entity”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares, respectively; and (B) no Person (excluding the Acquiring Entity or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) maintained or sponsored by the Trust or by the Acquiring Entity) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 40% or more of the then outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, of the Acquiring Entity, or of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees or directors, as the case may be; or

 

(iv) approval by the shareholders of the Trust of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Trust.

 

B.     Involuntarily Terminated : Employee’s employment will be deemed to have been involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control if, on or after the date on which a Change in Control occurs, (i) Employee’s employment is terminated by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust without cause or (ii) Employee resigns because Employee’s duties, responsibilities or compensation are diminished; provided that if a termination otherwise covered by (i) or (ii) occurs during the ninety (90) day period before the date on which a Change in Control occurs, the termination will be presumed to be due to the Change in Control unless the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust can show, through a preponderance of the evidence, that the termination did not occur because of the impending Change in Control.

 

C.     Termination For Cause : A termination for cause shall be deemed to occur only if the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust terminates Employee’s employment for any of the following reasons: 1) commission by Employee of a felony or crime of moral turpitude; 2) conduct by Employee in the performance of Employee’s duties which is illegal, dishonest, fraudulent or disloyal; 3) the breach by Employee of any fiduciary duty Employee owes to the Trust; or 4) gross neglect of duty or poor performance which is not cured by Employee to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trust within 30 days of Employee’s receipt of written notice from the Trust advising Employee of said gross neglect or poor performance.

 

2.     Termination Benefits : In the event Employee’s employment with the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust is involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control but not for cause, and such termination occurs within 12 months of the Change in Control, the Trust or the successor owner shall provide Employee with the following termination benefits:

 

A.     continuation of Employee’s base salary at the rate in effect as of the termination date for a period of 12 months from the date of termination (in the event of Employee’s death, said salary shall be paid to Employee’s estate);

 

Page 2 of 5


B.     payment of an annual bonus for each calendar year or partial calendar year in which Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above, in an amount equal to the average annual bonus received by Employee during the three years prior to the involuntary termination, provided that, if Employee was employed for fewer than three years prior to the termination, the bonus will be based on the average of the bonuses received by Employee in the year or years Employee received a bonus; and provided further, that if Employee receives salary continuation for a partial calendar year pursuant to Section 2(A) above, the bonus will be pro-rated to reflect the number of full months Employee receives such salary continuation in such calendar year, rounded to the nearest number of months;

 

C.     the Trust will pay the full cost for Employee to continue coverage under the Trust’s group health insurance plan pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) for the period of time Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above up to a maximum of 18 months or until Employee obtains other comparable coverage, whichever is sooner;

 

D.     immediate vesting in all then unvested options granted to Employee under the Trust’s Incentive Stock Option Plan and immediate vesting in all unvested accrued dividend equivalent units under the Trust’s Dividend Equivalent Plan, and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to exercise all or any of such options and to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

E.     immediate vesting in all then unvested share grants granted to Employee under the Trust’s Share Grant Plan and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

F.     if, by virtue of receipt of the Termination Benefits described above, Employee is subject to excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Trust or its successor owner shall make a supplemental cash payment to Employee no later than sixty (60) days after the date upon which Employee presents to the Trust or its successor owner a letter setting forth a reasonable basis upon which Employee or Employee’s advisors have determined that such excise tax is applicable to Employee. The amount of such supplemental payment shall be equal to such amount as will provide Employee with funds equal to (i) the excise tax attributable to the Termination Benefits; (ii) any excise tax attributable to the supplemental payment itself; and (iii) any federal or local income taxes attributable to the supplemental payment itself, it being the intention of the parties that Employee be placed in the same position for Federal and local income tax purposes as if Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code had no application to Employee.

 

3.     Mitigation : If a Change in Control occurs while Employee is employed by the Trust, and Employee’s employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of the Change in Control, Employee shall have no obligation to seek other employment in order to mitigate the payment of the Termination Benefits described in paragraph 2 hereunder; provided, that should Employee continue to be employed by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust after a Change in Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to receive the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder shall be reduced for one-half of that period of time (rounded to the nearest month) that Employee continues

 

Page 3 of 5


to be thus employed after the Change in Control occurs without being involuntarily terminated. For example, should Employee continue to be thus employed for ten (10) months after the Change in Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) would be reduced by five (5) months. If Employee (despite the lack of obligation to seek other employment) does in fact obtain other employment, the compensation to Employee from such other employment shall not be applied as an offset to Employee’s Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder.

 

4.     Limitations of Agreement : Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Trust or its successor owner to continue to employ Employee for any definite period of time. Either Employee or the Trust may terminate the employment relationship at any time with or without cause, unless otherwise expressly required by law or contract, and provided that the terms of this Agreement are observed.

 

5.     Arbitration : Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement which cannot be resolved informally by the parties shall be submitted to arbitration and adjudicated in Washington, D.C. pursuant to the commercial rules (single arbitrator) of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on all parties hereto. Each party shall bear its own costs in any arbitration proceeding held hereunder and the parties shall share the costs of the arbitrator.

 

6.     Severability : In the event that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the law under which this Agreement is to be construed, or if any such provision is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, such provision shall be deleted from this Agreement and the Agreement shall be construed to give full effect to the remaining provisions thereof.

 

7.     Governing Law : This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and governed according to the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

8.     Assignability : Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

 

9.     Entire Agreement : This Agreement contains and represents the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, representations or understandings, oral or written, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof, which are hereby terminated and of no further force or effect. This Agreement may not be modified or amended in any way unless in a writing signed by both parties.

 

10.     Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original and together which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Page 4 of 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, to be effective as of the day first above written.

 

EMPLOYEE

     

WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST

LOGO


     

By:

 

LOGO


Print Name: 

 

Kenneth C. Reed


     

Title:

 

Chairman/CEO/President


Date:

 

10/23/03


     

Date: 

 

5/23/03


 

Page 5 of 5

Exhibit 10(v)

 

LOGO

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

FOR CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 22 nd day of May, 2003, by and between Washington Real Estate Investment Trust, a real estate investment trust organized under the laws of the State of Maryland (the “Trust”), and Sara L. Grootwassink (“Employee”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee currently is employed in a key position with the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties believe it is in their mutual best interests to reach an understanding concerning the Trust’s obligations to continue Employee’s compensation and certain health benefits should Employee’s employment be terminated under certain conditions described herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to the following terms:

 

1.     Definitions : For the purposes of this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

A.     Change in Control : “Change in Control” means an event or occurrence set forth in any one or more of subsections (i) through (iv) below (including any event or occurrence that constitutes a Change in Control under one of such subsections but is specifically exempted from another such subsection):

 

(i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any shares of beneficial interest in the Trust if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) 40% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest in the Trust (the “Outstanding Trust Shares”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest the Trust entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees (the “Outstanding Trust Voting Shares”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Trust or any corporation controlled by the Trust, or (B) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A) and (B) of subsection (iii) of this Section 1(A);or

 

(ii) such time as the Continuing Trustees (as defined below) do not constitute a majority of the Board (or, if applicable, the Board of Directors or Trustees of a successor corporation or other entity to the Trust), where the term “Continuing Trustee” means at any date a member of the Board (A) who was a member of the Board on the date hereof or (B) who was nominated or elected subsequent to the date hereof with the approval of other Board members who themselves constitute Continuing Trustees at the time of such nomination or election; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from this clause (B) any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of trustees or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or

 

Page 1 of 5


(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or statutory share exchange involving the Trust or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust in one or a series of transactions (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, each of the following two conditions is satisfied: (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares or stock, as the case may be, entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees, or directors, as the case may be, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation or other entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Trust or substantially all of the Trust’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (such resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity referred to herein as the “Acquiring Entity”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares, respectively; and (B) no Person (excluding the Acquiring Entity or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) maintained or sponsored by the Trust or by the Acquiring Entity) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 40% or more of the then outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, of the Acquiring Entity, or of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees or directors, as the case may be; or

 

(iv) approval by the shareholders of the Trust of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Trust.

 

B.     Involuntarily Terminated : Employee’s employment will be deemed to have been involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control if, on or after the date on which a Change in Control occurs, (i) Employee’s employment is terminated by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust without cause or (ii) Employee resigns because Employee’s duties, responsibilities or compensation are diminished; provided that if a termination otherwise covered by (i) or (ii) occurs during the ninety (90) day period before the date on which a Change in Control occurs, the termination will be presumed to be due to the Change in Control unless the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust can show, through a preponderance of the evidence, that the termination did not occur because of the impending Change in Control.

 

C.     Termination For Cause : A termination for cause shall be deemed to occur only if the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust terminates Employee’s employment for any of the following reasons: 1) commission by Employee of a felony or crime of moral turpitude; 2) conduct by Employee in the performance of Employee’s duties which is illegal, dishonest, fraudulent or disloyal; 3) the breach by Employee of any fiduciary duty Employee owes to the Trust; or 4) gross neglect of duty or poor performance which is not cured by Employee to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trust within 30 days of Employee’s receipt of written notice from the Trust advising Employee of said gross neglect or poor performance.

 

2.     Termination Benefits : In the event Employee’s employment with the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust is involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control but not for cause, and such termination occurs within 24 months of the Change in Control, the Trust or the successor owner shall provide Employee with the following termination benefits:

 

A.     continuation of Employee’s base salary at the rate in effect as of the termination date for a period of 24 months from the date of termination (in the event of Employee’s death, said salary shall be paid to Employee’s estate);

 

Page 2 of 5


B.     payment of an annual bonus for each calendar year or partial calendar year in which Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above, in an amount equal to the average annual bonus received by Employee during the three years prior to the involuntary termination, provided that, if Employee was employed for fewer than three years prior to the termination, the bonus will be based on the average of the bonuses received by Employee in the year or years Employee received a bonus; and provided further, that if Employee receives salary continuation for a partial calendar year pursuant to Section 2(A) above, the bonus will be pro-rated to reflect the number of full months Employee receives such salary continuation in such calendar year, rounded to the nearest number of months;

 

C.     the Trust will pay the full cost for Employee to continue coverage under the Trust’s group health insurance plan pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) for the period of time Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above up to a maximum of 18 months or until Employee obtains other comparable coverage, whichever is sooner;

 

D.     immediate vesting in all then unvested options granted to Employee under the Trust’s Incentive Stock Option Plan and immediate vesting in all unvested accrued dividend equivalent units under the Trust’s Dividend Equivalent Plan, and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to exercise all or any of such options and to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

E.     immediate vesting in all then unvested share grants granted to Employee under the Trust’s Share Grant Plan and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

F.     if, by virtue of receipt of the Termination Benefits described above, Employee is subject to excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Trust or its successor owner shall make a supplemental cash payment to Employee no later than sixty (60) days after the date upon which Employee presents to the Trust or its successor owner a letter setting forth a reasonable basis upon which Employee or Employee’s advisors have determined that such excise tax is applicable to Employee. The amount of such supplemental payment shall be equal to such amount as will provide Employee with funds equal to (i) the excise tax attributable to the Termination Benefits; (ii) any excise tax attributable to the supplemental payment itself; and (iii) any federal or local income taxes attributable to the supplemental payment itself, it being the intention of the parties that Employee be placed in the same position for Federal and local income tax purposes as if Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code had no application to Employee.

 

3.     Mitigation : If a Change in Control occurs while Employee is employed by the Trust, and Employee’s employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of the Change in Control, Employee shall have no obligation to seek other employment in order to mitigate the payment of the Termination Benefits described in paragraph 2 hereunder; provided, that should Employee continue to be employed by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust after a Change in Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to receive the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder shall be reduced for one-half of that period of time (rounded to the nearest month) that Employee continues

 

Page 3 of 5


to be thus employed after the Change in Control occurs without being involuntarily terminated. For example, should Employee continue to be thus employed for ten (10) months after the Change in Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) would be reduced by five (5) months. If Employee (despite the lack of obligation to seek other employment) does in fact obtain other employment, the compensation to Employee from such other employment shall not be applied as an offset to Employee’s Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder.

 

4.     Limitations of Agreement : Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Trust or its successor owner to continue to employ Employee for any definite period of time. Either Employee or the Trust may terminate the employment relationship at any time with or without cause, unless otherwise expressly required by law or contract, and provided that the terms of this Agreement are observed.

 

5.     Arbitration : Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement which cannot be resolved informally by the parties shall be submitted to arbitration and adjudicated in Washington, D.C. pursuant to the commercial rules (single arbitrator) of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on all parties hereto. Each party shall bear its own costs in any arbitration proceeding held hereunder and the parties shall share the costs of the arbitrator.

 

6.     Severability : In the event that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the law under which this Agreement is to be construed, or if any such provision is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, such provision shall be deleted from this Agreement and the Agreement shall be construed to give full effect to the remaining provisions thereof.

 

7.     Governing Law : This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and governed according to the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

8.     Assignability : Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

 

9.     Entire Agreement : This Agreement contains and represents the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, representations or understandings, oral or written, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof, which are hereby terminated and of no further force or effect. This Agreement may not be modified or amended in any way unless in a writing signed by both parties.

 

10.     Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original and together which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Page 4 of 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, to be effective as of the day first above written.

 

EMPLOYEE

     

WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST

LOGO


     

By :

 

LOGO


Print Name: 

 

Sara L. Grootwassink


     

Title:

 

Chairman/CEO/President


Date:

 

5/23/03


     

Date: 

 

5/22/03


 

Page 5 of 5

Exhibit 10(w)

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

FOR MANAGING DIRECTORS

 

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1 st day of January, 2006, by and between Washington Real Estate Investment Trust, a real estate investment trust organized under the laws of the State of Maryland (the “Trust”), and James B. Cederdahl (“Employee”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee currently is employed in a key position with the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties believe it is in their mutual best interests to reach an understanding concerning the Trust’s obligations to continue Employee’s compensation and certain health benefits should Employee’s employment be terminated under certain conditions described herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to the following terms:

 

1.     Definitions : For the purposes of this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

A.     Change in Control : “Change in Control” means an event or occurrence set forth in any one or more of subsections (i) through (iv) below (including any event or occurrence that constitutes a Change in Control under one of such subsections but is specifically exempted from another such subsection):

 

(i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any shares of beneficial interest in the Trust if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) 40% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest in the Trust (the “Outstanding Trust Shares”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest the Trust entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees (the “Outstanding Trust Voting Shares”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Trust or any corporation controlled by the Trust, or (B) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A) and (B) of subsection (iii) of this Section 1(A);or

 

(ii) such time as the Continuing Trustees (as defined below) do not constitute a majority of the Board (or, if applicable, the Board of Directors or Trustees of a successor corporation or other entity to the Trust), where the term “Continuing Trustee” means at any date a member of the Board (A) who was a member of the Board on the date hereof or (B) who was nominated or elected subsequent to the date hereof with the approval of other Board members who themselves constitute Continuing Trustees at the time of such nomination or election; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from this clause (B) any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of trustees or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or

 

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or statutory share exchange involving the Trust or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust in one or a series of transactions (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately

 

Page 1 of 5


following such Business Combination, each of the following two conditions is satisfied: (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of the then-outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares or stock, as the case may be, entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees, or directors, as the case may be, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation or other entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Trust or substantially all of the Trust’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (such resulting or acquiring corporation or other entity referred to herein as the “Acquiring Entity”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Trust Shares and Outstanding Trust Voting Shares, respectively; and (B) no Person (excluding the Acquiring Entity or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) maintained or sponsored by the Trust or by the Acquiring Entity) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 40% or more of the then outstanding shares of beneficial interest or stock, as the case may be, of the Acquiring Entity, or of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees or directors, as the case may be; or

 

(iv) approval by the shareholders of the Trust of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Trust.

 

B.     Involuntarily Terminated : Employee’s employment will be deemed to have been involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control if, on or after the date on which a Change in Control occurs, (i) Employee’s employment is terminated by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust without cause or (ii) Employee resigns because Employee’s duties, responsibilities or compensation are diminished; provided that if a termination otherwise covered by (i) or (ii) occurs during the ninety (90) day period before the date on which a Change in Control occurs, the termination will be presumed to be due to the Change in Control unless the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust can show, through a preponderance of the evidence, that the termination did not occur because of the impending Change in Control.

 

C.     Termination For Cause : A termination for cause shall be deemed to occur only if the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust terminates Employee’s employment for any of the following reasons: 1) commission by Employee of a felony or crime of moral turpitude; 2) conduct by Employee in the performance of Employee’s duties which is illegal, dishonest, fraudulent or disloyal; 3) the breach by Employee of any fiduciary duty Employee owes to the Trust; or 4) gross neglect of duty or poor performance which is not cured by Employee to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trust within 30 days of Employee’s receipt of written notice from the Trust advising Employee of said gross neglect or poor performance.

 

2.     Termination Benefits : In the event Employee’s employment with the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust is involuntarily terminated due to a Change in Control but not for cause, and such termination occurs within 12 months of the Change in Control, the Trust or the successor owner shall provide Employee with the following termination benefits:

 

A.     continuation of Employee’s base salary at the rate in effect as of the termination date for a period of 12 months from the date of termination (in the event of Employee’s death, said salary shall be paid to Employee’s estate);

 

B.     payment of an annual bonus for each calendar year or partial calendar year in which Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above, in an amount equal to the

 

Page 2 of 5


average annual bonus received by Employee during the three years prior to the involuntary termination, provided that, if Employee was employed for fewer than three years prior to the termination, the bonus will be based on the average of the bonuses received by Employee in the year or years Employee received a bonus; and provided further, that if Employee receives salary continuation for a partial calendar year pursuant to Section 2(A) above, the bonus will be pro-rated to reflect the number of full months Employee receives such salary continuation in such calendar year, rounded to the nearest number of months;

 

C.     the Trust will pay the full cost for Employee to continue coverage under the Trust’s group health insurance plan pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) for the period of time Employee receives salary continuation pursuant to Section 2(A) above up to a maximum of 18 months or until Employee obtains other comparable coverage, whichever is sooner;

 

D.     immediate vesting in all then unvested options granted to Employee under the Trust’s Incentive Stock Option Plan and immediate vesting in all unvested accrued dividend equivalent units under the Trust’s Dividend Equivalent Plan, and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to exercise all or any of such options and to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

E.     immediate vesting in all then unvested share grants granted to Employee under the Trust’s Share Grant Plan and Employee shall have the right, in Employee’s sole discretion, to sell the shares acquired pursuant thereto. In the event that Employee wishes to sell Employee’s shares within 60 days of the involuntary termination, the shares must first be offered to the Trust for purchase at the Trust’s option at the then current fair market value. The Trust shall respond within one business day to the offer or its rights to purchase the shares shall expire. Sales occurring more than 60 days after the involuntary termination shall not be subject to this option; and

 

F.     if, by virtue of receipt of the Termination Benefits described above, Employee is subject to excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Trust or its successor owner shall make a supplemental cash payment to Employee no later than sixty (60) days after the date upon which Employee presents to the Trust or its successor owner a letter setting forth a reasonable basis upon which Employee or Employee’s advisors have determined that such excise tax is applicable to Employee. The amount of such supplemental payment shall be equal to such amount as will provide Employee with funds equal to (i) the excise tax attributable to the Termination Benefits; (ii) any excise tax attributable to the supplemental payment itself; and (iii) any federal or local income taxes attributable to the supplemental payment itself, it being the intention of the parties that Employee be placed in the same position for Federal and local income tax purposes as if Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code had no application to Employee.

 

3.     Mitigation : If a Change in Control occurs while Employee is employed by the Trust, and Employee’s employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of the Change in Control, Employee shall have no obligation to seek other employment in order to mitigate the payment of the Termination Benefits described in paragraph 2 hereunder; provided, that should Employee continue to be employed by the Trust or the successor owner of the Trust after a Change in Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to receive the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder shall be reduced for one-half of that period of time (rounded to the nearest month) that Employee continues to be thus employed after the Change in Control occurs without being involuntarily terminated. For example, should Employee continue to be thus employed for ten (10) months after the Change in

 

Page 3 of 5


Control occurs, Employee’s entitlement to the Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) would be reduced by five (5) months. If Employee (despite the lack of obligation to seek other employment) does in fact obtain other employment, the compensation to Employee from such other employment shall not be applied as an offset to Employee’s Termination Benefits described in subsections 2(A) and (B) hereunder.

 

4.     Limitations of Agreement : Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Trust or its successor owner to continue to employ Employee for any definite period of time. Either Employee or the Trust may terminate the employment relationship at any time with or without cause, unless otherwise expressly required by law or contract, and provided that the terms of this Agreement are observed.

 

5.     Arbitration : Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement which cannot be resolved informally by the parties shall be submitted to arbitration and adjudicated in Washington, D.C. pursuant to the commercial rules (single arbitrator) of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on all parties hereto. Each party shall bear its own costs in any arbitration proceeding held hereunder and the parties shall share the costs of the arbitrator.

 

6.     Severability : In the event that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the law under which this Agreement is to be construed, or if any such provision is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, such provision shall be deleted from this Agreement and the Agreement shall be construed to give full effect to the remaining provisions thereof.

 

7.     Governing Law : This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and governed according to the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

8.     Assignability : Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

 

9.     Entire Agreement : This Agreement contains and represents the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, representations or understandings, oral or written, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof, which are hereby terminated and of no further force or effect. This Agreement may not be modified or amended in any way unless in a writing signed by both parties.

 

10.     Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original and together which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Page 4 of 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, to be effective as of the day first above written.

 

EMPLOYEE

     

WASHINGTON REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST

LOGO


     

By:

 

LOGO


Print Name: 

 

James B. Cederdahl


     

Title:

 

SVP/Corporate Secretary


Date:

 

1/11/06


     

Date: 

 

1/9/06


 

Page 5 of 5

Exhibit 12

 

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS FIXED CHARGES

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Income from continuing operations

   40,443     40,641     40,558  

Additions:

                  

Fixed charges

                  

Interest expense

   37,743     34,500     30,040  

Capitalized interest

   1,127     703     248  
    

 

 

     38,870     35,203     30,288  

Deductions:

                  

Capitalized interest

   (1,127 )   (703 )   (248 )
    

 

 

Adjusted earnings

   78,186     75,141     70,598  
    

 

 

Fixed Charges (from above)

   38,870     35,203     30,288  

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

   2.01     2.13     2.33  

Exhibit 23(a)

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements ( Form S-8 No. 33-63671, Form S-8 No. 333-48081, Form S-8 No. 333-48882, Form S-3 No. 333-54704, Form S-4 No. 333-48293, Form S-8 No. 333-68016, and Form S-3 No. 333-114410 ) of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and Subsidiaries and in the related Prospectuses of our reports dated March 8, 2006, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and Subsidiaries, Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and Subsidiaries management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust and Subsidiaries, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2005.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young

 

McLean, Virginia

March 8, 2006

Exhibit 31a

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Edmund B. Cronin, Jr., certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-K of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonable likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

DATE: March 16, 2006

 

/s/ Edmund B. Cronin, Jr.

 


   

Edmund B. Cronin, Jr.

   

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31b

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Laura M. Franklin, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-K of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonable likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

DATE: March 16, 2006

 

/s/ Laura M. Franklin

 


   

Laura M. Franklin

   

Senior Vice President

   

Accounting, Administration and Corporate Secretary

Exhibit 31c

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Sara L. Grootwassink, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-K of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonable likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

DATE: March 16, 2006

 

/s/ Sara L. Grootwassink

 


   

Sara L. Grootwassink

   

Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32

 

WRITTEN STATEMENT OF

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

The undersigned, the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, the Senior Vice President Accounting, Administration and Corporate Secretary, and the Chief Financial Officer of Washington Real Estate Investment Trust (“WRIT”), each hereby certifies on the date hereof, that:

 

  (a) the Quarterly Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 filed on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13 (a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (b) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of WRIT.

 

Dated: March 16, 2006

  

/s/ Edmund B. Cronin, Jr.

 


    

Edmund B. Cronin, Jr.

    

Chairman of the Board, President & CEO

Dated: March 16, 2006

  

/s/ Laura M. Franklin

 


    

Laura M. Franklin

    

Senior Vice President

    

Accounting, Administration and Corporate Secretary

Dated: March 16, 2006

  

/s/ Sara L. Grootwassink

 


    

Sara L. Grootwassink

    

Chief Financial Officer